WO2020143748A1 - 发送信道状态信息的方法和装置 - Google Patents

发送信道状态信息的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020143748A1
WO2020143748A1 PCT/CN2020/071351 CN2020071351W WO2020143748A1 WO 2020143748 A1 WO2020143748 A1 WO 2020143748A1 CN 2020071351 W CN2020071351 W CN 2020071351W WO 2020143748 A1 WO2020143748 A1 WO 2020143748A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
channel quality
sinr
state information
channel
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/071351
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2020143748A9 (zh
Inventor
张荻
刘鹍鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201910523571.6A external-priority patent/CN111435864B/zh
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020143748A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020143748A1/zh
Publication of WO2020143748A9 publication Critical patent/WO2020143748A9/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and device for transmitting channel state information and a method and device for processing channel state information.
  • 5G Fifth Generation (5 th generation, 5G) mobile communication system into a multi-beam communication system (multi-beam) transmission, codeword-layer mapping process after the parallel data obtained multilayer, different layers use different data transmission beam , Thereby obtaining a better spatial multiplexing effect.
  • the network device needs to determine the channel quality measurement result of the beam reported by the terminal device, so that the network device can determine whether to transmit multiple beams simultaneously according to the channel quality measurement result.
  • the terminal device needs to report multiple channel quality Information, which takes up a large amount of information overhead.
  • the present application provides a method for transmitting channel state information, determines the type of channel state information based on channel quality, and indicates the type of channel state information through the indication information, thereby reducing the amount of reported channel state information.
  • the present application provides a method of transmitting channel state information, including: determining the type of channel state information of a first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal; transmitting indication information and a channel corresponding to the type Status information, the indication information is used to indicate the type.
  • the terminal equipment reports different types of channel state information based on different channel qualities, and does not need to report all types of channel state information, which reduces the amount of reported information, thereby reducing the overhead of air interface resources.
  • determining the type of channel state information of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal includes: determining the channel state of the first reference signal when the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold
  • the type of information is the reference signal received power RSRP.
  • the channel quality When the channel quality is poor, it may be due to the strength of the useful signal (that is, the non-interfering signal) is weak, or the strength of the interference signal is large. At this time, if the terminal device only feeds back channel quality information, the network device does not It is not known what caused the current poor channel quality. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present invention, when the channel quality is poor, the terminal device feeds back signal power information, such as RSRP. On the one hand, when the signal power is high, the network can send data according to the reference signal with high signal power, and can obtain better system performance than sending data according to multiple reference signals.
  • RSRP signal power information
  • the terminal device recommends that the network device use a single beam to transmit data, and the performance of the single beam to transmit data is better than the performance of the multi-beam to transmit data.
  • the network device may consider sending data according to other reference signals, timely update the beam direction, and improve system performance.
  • determining the type of channel state information of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal includes: determining the channel state information of the first reference signal when the channel quality of the first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold
  • the type is SINR.
  • the terminal device can send data according to the multiple reference signals when recommending network data scheduling data, that is, use the beams corresponding to the current multiple reference signals to transmit data, improve system performance, and obtain better space division multiplexing Use the effect, or obtain better system robustness (for example, in ultra-reliable low latency (URLLC) scenarios, multiple beams send the same data to improve data transmission reliability). Therefore, in the present invention, when the channel quality is good, the terminal device feeds back channel quality information, such as SINR.
  • SINR channel quality information
  • the indication information is first indication information
  • the first indication information is one reference signal resource index
  • the first indication information is multiple identical reference signal resource indexes.
  • the type of channel state information is indicated by the resource index of the reference signal without adding new bits, which reduces the amount of reported data.
  • the indication information is second indication information
  • the second indication information is multiple reference signal resource indexes
  • the second indication information is multiple different reference signal resource indexes.
  • the type of channel state information is indicated by the resource index of the reference signal without adding new bits, which reduces the amount of reported data.
  • the method further includes: sending channel state information of the second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the channel quality of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the type of channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the type of channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the indication information is independently encoded with the channel state information of the first reference signal.
  • the present application provides a method of processing channel information, including: receiving indication information and channel state information of a first reference signal, where the indication information is used to indicate the type of channel state information; and determining the first according to the indication information The type of channel state information of the reference signal.
  • the network device can determine the type of channel state information reported by the terminal device based on the indication information. Since the type of channel state information reported by the terminal device is associated with the channel quality, the terminal device does not need to report all types of channel state information, which reduces The amount of reported information reduces the overhead of air interface resources.
  • determining the type of the state information of the first reference signal according to the indication information includes: when the indication information is the first indication information, determining the type of the channel state information of the first reference signal as the reference signal received power RSRP; or, When the indication information is the second indication information, it is determined that the type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the signal to interference and noise ratio SINR.
  • the channel quality When the channel quality is poor, it may be due to the strength of the useful signal (that is, the non-interfering signal) is weak, or the strength of the interference signal is large. At this time, if the terminal device only feeds back channel quality information, the network device does not It is not known what caused the current poor channel quality. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present invention, when the channel quality is poor, the terminal device feeds back signal power information, such as RSRP.
  • the terminal device can send data according to the multiple reference signals when recommending network data scheduling data, that is, use the beams corresponding to the current multiple reference signals to transmit data, improve system performance, and obtain better space division multiplexing Use the effect, or obtain better system robustness (for example, in the URLLC scenario, multiple beams send the same data to improve data transmission reliability). Therefore, in this embodiment of the present invention, when the channel quality is good, the terminal device feeds back channel quality information, such as SINR.
  • SINR channel quality information
  • the first indication information is a reference signal resource index
  • the second indication information is a plurality of reference signal resource indexes.
  • the type of channel state information is indicated by the resource index of the reference signal without adding new bits, which reduces the amount of reported data.
  • the first indication information is multiple same reference signal resource indexes
  • the second indication information is multiple different reference signal resource indexes
  • the type of channel state information is indicated by the resource index of the reference signal without adding new bits, which reduces the amount of reported data.
  • the method further includes: receiving channel state information of a second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the channel quality of the second reference signal and that of the first reference signal For the difference in channel quality, the type of channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the type of channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the indication information is independently encoded with the channel state information of the first reference signal.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein the processing unit is configured to: determine the type of channel state information of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal; the sending The unit is used to send indication information and channel state information corresponding to the type, and the indication information is used to indicate the type.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, determine that the type of channel state information of the first reference signal is reference signal received power RSRP.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the channel quality of the first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, determine that the type of channel state information of the first reference signal is signal to interference and noise ratio SINR.
  • the indication information is first indication information
  • the first indication information is a reference signal resource index
  • the first indication information is multiple identical reference signal resource indexes.
  • the indication information is second indication information
  • the second indication information is multiple reference signal resource indexes
  • the second indication information is multiple different reference signal resources index.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send channel state information of the second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the channel quality of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal ,
  • the type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the type of the channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the indication information is independently encoded with the channel state information of the first reference signal.
  • the device may implement the function corresponding to the method related to the first aspect described above, and the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the device includes a processor configured to support the device to perform the method related to the first aspect described above.
  • the device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor, which stores programs and data.
  • the apparatus further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to support communication between the apparatus and the network device.
  • the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit that integrates a transceiver function.
  • the present application provides another communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, the receiving unit is configured to receive indication information and channel state information of a first reference signal, where the indication information is used to indicate the Type of channel state information; the processing unit is configured to determine the type of channel state information of the first reference signal according to the indication information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the indication information is the first indication information, determine that the type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the reference signal received power RSRP; or, when the indication information is the second When indicating the information, it is determined that the type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the signal to interference and noise ratio SINR.
  • the first indication information is a reference signal resource index
  • the second indication information is a plurality of reference signal resource indexes.
  • the first indication information is multiple same reference signal resource indexes
  • the second indication information is multiple different reference signal resource indexes
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive channel state information of the second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the channel quality of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal ,
  • the type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the type of the channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the indication information is independently encoded with the channel state information of the first reference signal.
  • the device may implement the function corresponding to the method related to the second aspect described above, and the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the apparatus includes a processor configured to support the apparatus to perform the method related to the second aspect described above.
  • the device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor, which stores programs and data.
  • the apparatus further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to support communication between the apparatus and the terminal device.
  • the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit that integrates a transceiver function.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored.
  • the processor is caused to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored.
  • the processor is caused to perform the method described in the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, the processor is caused to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, causing the processor to execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a method for processing channel information, including: determining the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal; transmitting the channel state information of the first reference signal content.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is the signal-to-interference and noise ratio SINR.
  • the content of determining the channel state information of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal includes: when the SINR of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, determining the channel state of the first reference signal
  • the content of the information is SINR and reference signal received power RSRP.
  • the content of determining the channel state information of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal includes: when the SINR of the first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, determining the channel state information of the first reference signal The content is SINR.
  • the method further includes: sending channel state information of the second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the difference between the channel quality of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal Value, the content type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the content type of the channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal are independently encoded.
  • the present application provides a method for processing channel information, including: receiving content of channel state information of a first reference signal, where the content of channel state information of the first reference signal is determined by the channel quality of the first reference signal determine.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is the signal-to-interference and noise ratio SINR.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, it is determined that the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal is SINR and RSRP.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal is greater than or equal to the channel quality threshold, it is determined that the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal is SINR.
  • the method further includes: receiving channel state information of the second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the difference between the channel quality of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal Value, the content type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the content type of the channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal are independently encoded.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including a processing unit and a sending unit, the processing unit is configured to: determine the content of channel state information of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal; the sending The unit is used to: send the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is the signal-to-interference and noise ratio SINR.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the SINR of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, determine that the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal is SINR and reference signal received power RSRP.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the SINR of the first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, determine that the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal is SINR.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send channel state information of the second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the channel quality of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal ,
  • the content type of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the content type of the channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal are independently encoded.
  • the device can realize the function corresponding to the method related to the ninth aspect, and the function can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the apparatus includes a processor configured to support the apparatus to perform the method related to the ninth aspect described above.
  • the device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor, which stores programs and data.
  • the apparatus further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to support communication between the apparatus and the network device.
  • the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit that integrates a transceiver function.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiving unit for receiving content of channel state information of a first reference signal, wherein the content of channel state information of the first reference signal is The channel quality of the first reference signal is determined.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is the signal-to-interference and noise ratio SINR.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, it is determined that the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal is SINR and RSRP.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal is greater than or equal to the channel quality threshold, it is determined that the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal is SINR.
  • the transceiver unit is further specifically configured to: receive channel state information of the second reference signal, and the value of the channel state information of the second reference signal is the channel quality of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal ,
  • the content of the channel state information of the first reference signal is the same as the content of the channel state information of the second reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two channel quality values is generally smaller than the value range of one channel quality value, and the number of bits can be used to represent the channel quality value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the channel state information of multiple reference signals through differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal are independently encoded.
  • the device can realize the function corresponding to the method according to the tenth aspect, and the function can be realized by hardware, or can be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the apparatus includes a processor configured to support the apparatus to perform the method related to the tenth aspect described above.
  • the device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor, which stores programs and data.
  • the apparatus further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to support communication between the apparatus and the terminal device.
  • the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit that integrates a transceiver function.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored.
  • the processor is caused to perform the method described in the ninth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored.
  • the processor is caused to execute the method of the tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, the processor is caused to perform the method described in the ninth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, causing the processor to perform the method described in the tenth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for this application.
  • 2A is a schematic diagram of a method for sending channel state information provided by this application.
  • 2B is a schematic diagram of another method for sending channel state information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a network device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device 110 and a terminal device 120.
  • the terminal device 120 communicates with the network device 110 through electromagnetic waves.
  • the terminal device 120 can simultaneously receive signals sent by multiple transmission reception points (TRP), select a TRP with a better channel quality from the multiple TRPs, and report a reference signal corresponding to the TRP.
  • TRP transmission reception points
  • the communication system 100 is recommended Use this TRP for transmission.
  • the multiple TRPs may be TRPs of the same network device or different network devices.
  • the terminal device 120 may also select a beam with better channel quality from multiple beams transmitted by a single TRP, for example, the TRP of the network device 110, and the terminal device 120 reports the reference signal corresponding to the beam to the network device 120, so that The network device 120 uses the beam corresponding to the reference signal to transmit downlink data.
  • the terminal device 120 may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, for example, in compliance with the third-generation partnership program (3 rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), soft terminal, home gateway, set-top box, etc.
  • 3GPP third-generation partnership program
  • UE mobile station
  • MS mobile station
  • soft terminal home gateway
  • set-top box etc.
  • the network device 110 may be a base station conforming to the 3GPP standard, for example, a base station (gNB) in a 5G communication system.
  • the network device 110 may also be a non-3GPP (non-3GPP) access network device, such as an access gateway (access gateway (AGF)).
  • the network device may also be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and other types of devices.
  • the communication system 100 is only an example, and the communication system to which the present application is applied is not limited thereto.
  • the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system 100 may be other numbers.
  • the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may use different kinds of reference signals to complete data transmission, wherein one type of reference signal is used for channel state or channel quality measurement, so that the network device 110 schedules terminals according to the current channel state or channel quality
  • the transmission resources used by the device 120 transmit data through channels with better channel quality.
  • the terminal device 120 may receive a channel state information reference signal (channel-state information reference, CSI-RS) from the network device 110, and measure the channel quality of the CSI-RS to obtain channel state information (channel-state information, CSI) .
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • NZP CSI-RS can also be used for interference measurement and reference signal received power (RSRP) measurement of layer 1 (layer 1, L1), where, optionally, L1- RSRP is used to determine the signal-to-interference and noise ratio (SINR) of L1, so that the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 can select a beam with better channel quality from multiple beams according to the L1-SINR corresponding to the beam .
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • CSI may include channel quality indicator (channel quality indicator, CQI), precoding matrix indicator (precoding matrix indicator, PMI), CSI-RS resource indicator (CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI), synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization) At least one of signal/physical broadcast channel (SSB) resource indicator (SSB resource indicator (SSBRI), layer indicator (LI), rank indicator (RI), L1-RSRP and L1-SINR).
  • the CSI may be sent by the terminal device 120 to the network device 110 through a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink, shared channel, PUSCH).
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the network device 110 may configure at least one CSI reporting configuration for the terminal device 120 through high layer signaling (CSI-ReportConfig), and configure at least one CSI-RS resource configuration for the terminal device 120 through high layer signaling (CSI-ResourceConfig),
  • the CSI reporting configuration is used to indicate the reporting type of CSI, and the reporting types of CSI include periodic reporting, semi-persistent reporting, and aperiodic reporting.
  • the CSI-RS resource configuration is used to indicate CSI-RS resources.
  • the CSI-RS resources include periodic CSI-RS resources, semi-persistent CSI-RS resources, and aperiodic CSI-RS resources, which are used by the terminal device 120 to report CSI, where periodic CSI -RS resources can be used for periodic reporting or semi-continuous reporting or aperiodic reporting, semi-persistent CSI-RS resources can be used for semi-continuous reporting or aperiodic reporting, and aperiodic CSI-RS resources can only be used for aperiodic reporting.
  • the terminal device 120 may perform acyclic reporting according to a trigger state list (CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList), which includes at least one trigger state (trigger state), and also includes a CSI reporting configuration and a CSI-RS resource configuration corresponding to the trigger state Among them, one CSI reporting configuration is bound to one CSI-RS resource configuration (resource) configuration, one CSI-RS resource configuration includes up to 16 CSI-RS resource sets (resource) set, and one CSI-RS resource set includes up to 64 CSI -RS resources.
  • CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList which includes at least one trigger state (trigger state)
  • CSI-RS resource configuration is bound to one CSI-RS resource configuration (resource) configuration
  • one CSI-RS resource configuration includes up to 16 CSI-RS resource sets (resource) set
  • one CSI-RS resource set includes up to 64 CSI -RS resources.
  • the configuration method of CSI-RS resources will be described below by taking each CSI-RS resource configuration including only one CSI-RS resource set as an example.
  • the network device 110 may configure two resource configurations for the terminal device 120.
  • One resource configuration is used to configure transmission resources required for channel measurement, such as a first resource set.
  • the reference signal resource in the first resource set is referred to as Channel measurement resource (channel measurement resource, CMR), where CMR can be either SSB resource or NZP CSI-RS resource;
  • another resource configuration is used to configure transmission resources required for interference measurement, such as the second resource set, which is It is convenient to describe that the reference signal resource in the second resource set is called interference measurement resource (IMR), where IMR can be CSI interference measurement (CSI-IM) resource or NZP CSI- RS resources.
  • IMR interference measurement resource
  • the number of CMRs may be one or more, and the number of IMRs may also be one or more, that is, the network device 110 may be configured with one CMR and one IMR, or may be configured with multiple CMRs and multiple IMRs, and may also be configured One CMR and multiple IMRs can also be configured with multiple CMRs and one IMR.
  • the network device may also configure more than two resource configurations, where at least one resource configuration is used to configure transmission resources required for channel measurement, and at least one resource configuration is used to configure interference measurement Required transmission resources. This embodiment does not limit the number of resource configurations.
  • the network device 110 may configure three resource configurations for the terminal device 120, wherein the first resource configuration is used to configure the CMR, and the CMR may be an SSB resource or an NZP CSI-RS resource; the second resource configuration and the third The resource configuration is used to configure the IMR, wherein the second resource configuration is used to configure the CSI-IM resource, and the third resource configuration is used to configure the NZP CSI-RS resource.
  • the CSI-IM resource may be used to measure inter-cell interference
  • the NZP CSI-RS resource may be used to measure multi-user (MU) interference within a cell or interference between multiple TRPs , Or interference between multiple layers (or "streams" or "beams") of a user.
  • MU multi-user
  • the network device 110 may configure the terminal device 120 with a CMR, a CSI-IM resource, and one or more NZP CSI-RS resources configured by the third resource configuration.
  • the CMR and the CSI-IM resource The quasi co-location (QCL) relationship is satisfied between the CMR and the one or more NZP CSI-RS resources.
  • the terminal device 120 measures the reference signal on the resource to obtain a CSI.
  • the network device 110 may configure multiple CMRs for the terminal device 120.
  • One CMR is associated with one CSI-IM resource and one or more NZP CSI-RS resources configured in the third resource configuration, and the quasi co-location (QCL) is satisfied between the CMR and the CSI-IM resource Relationship, the CMR and the one or more NZP CSI-RS resources also satisfy the QCL relationship, and the terminal device 120 measures the reference signal on the one CMR and its associated IMR to obtain a CSI.
  • QCL quasi co-location
  • the network device 110 may configure multiple CMRs for the terminal device 120.
  • the multiple CMRs are associated with one CSI-IM resource and one or more NZP CSI-RS resources configured in the third resource configuration, and the multiple CMRs and the CSI-IM resource satisfy quasi-co-location , QCL) relationship, the QCL relationship is also satisfied between the multiple CMRs and the one or more NZP CSI-RS resources, and the terminal device 120 measures the reference signal on the CMR and its associated (or reported) IMR to obtain a CSI.
  • Configuration method three is described in the terminal device 120.
  • the network device 110 may configure the terminal device 120 with two resource configurations, both of which are used to configure transmission resources required for channel measurement, such as the first reference signal resource set and the second reference signal resource set, which the terminal device 120 measures At least one reference signal in the first reference signal resource set and at least one reference signal in the second reference signal resource set measure two channel state information after measuring the reference signals carried on the two CMRs.
  • the reference signal carried on a CMR in the first reference signal resource set is used as a non-interfering signal
  • the reference signal carried on a CMR in the second reference signal resource set is used as an interference signal.
  • a channel state information is measured ; Then, the reference signal carried on the one CMR in the first reference signal resource set is used as an interference signal, and the reference signal carried on the one CMR in the second reference signal resource set is used as a non-interference signal, in this case The next channel state information is measured.
  • CSI-RS resource configuration method is only an example, and the CSI-RS resource configuration method applicable to the present application is not limited thereto.
  • CMR and IMR may also have other names, and should not be understood as a limitation of the scheme of the present application.
  • the network device may also configure more than two resource configurations, where the resource configurations are used to configure the transmission resources required for channel measurement.
  • the number of resource configurations No limitation.
  • the above configuration method is only an example, and the network device may also configure a resource configuration.
  • the number of resource configurations is not limited.
  • FIG. 2A shows a method for sending CSI provided by the present application.
  • the method may be executed by the terminal device 120 or a chip in the terminal device 120.
  • terminal equipment and “network equipment” described below are no longer accompanied by reference signs.
  • the method 200A includes:
  • S210A Determine the CSI type of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the first reference signal is, for example, the CSI-RS or SSB described above, and the type of CSI of the first reference signal is, for example, RSRP or SINR.
  • the terminal device may receive the CSI-RS on the CMR, and determine the channel quality of the CSI-RS based on the signal power of the CSI-RS and the signal power of the interference signal on the IMR (or another CMR).
  • the quality of the channel can be measured by parameters such as SINR, CQI, reference signal reception quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). Therefore, the type of CSI of the first reference signal is also Can be these parameters.
  • the signal power in the embodiments of the present application may be replaced with signal quality such as signal strength and signal energy, which is not limited in this application.
  • the signal power may be the reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP).
  • the channel quality When the channel quality is poor, it may be due to the strength of the useful signal (that is, the non-interfering signal) is weak, or the strength of the interference signal is large. At this time, if the terminal device only feeds back channel quality information, the network device does not It is not known what caused the current poor channel quality. Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, when the channel quality is poor, the terminal device feeds back signal power information, such as RSRP.
  • the signal power when the signal power is high, the network can send data according to the reference signal with high signal power, which can achieve better system performance than sending data according to multiple reference signals or multi-user transmission through multiple reference signals .
  • the terminal device recommends that the network device use a single beam to send data or use single-user transmission.
  • the performance of the single-beam transmission data is better than the performance of multi-beam transmission data, or the performance of single-user transmission is better than the performance of multi-user transmission.
  • the network device may consider sending data according to other reference signals, timely update the beam direction, and improve system performance.
  • the terminal device can send data according to the multiple reference signals when recommending network data scheduling data, that is, use the beams corresponding to the current multiple reference signals to transmit data, improve system performance, and obtain better space division multiplexing Use the effect, or obtain better system robustness (for example, in ultra-reliable low latency (URLLC) scenarios, multiple beams send the same data to improve data transmission reliability).
  • the terminal equipment can use MU transmission when recommending network data scheduling data, that is, using multiple reference signals corresponding beams to transmit data to different users, improve system performance, and obtain better space division Reuse effect. Therefore, in this application, when the channel quality is good, the terminal device feeds back channel quality information, such as SINR.
  • the terminal device applying the method 200 does not need to report RSRP and SINR at the same time, which reduces the amount of reported information, thereby reducing the overhead of air interface resources.
  • the CSI type of the first reference signal can also be understood as one CSI or multiple CSIs.
  • the first The type of the reference signal is one CSI; when the terminal device reports CSI of multiple first reference signals, the type of the first reference signal is multiple CSI.
  • the number of reference signal resource indexes included in the indication information and channel state information of a first reference signal is one, it can be understood as a type; when the indication information and channel state information of a first reference signal include When the number of reference signal resource indexes is multiple, it can be understood as another type.
  • the channel qualities are SINR, RSRP, RSRQ, or the like.
  • the terminal device may recommend the transmission method of the network device data according to the channel quality of the reference signal measured by it, such as single beam transmission or multi-beam transmission.
  • the first reference signal refers to a reference signal that is a non-interfering signal
  • the second reference signal refers to a reference signal that is an interfering signal
  • the first reference signal refers to a reference signal that is a non-interfering signal.
  • the terminal device may also determine the CSI type of the first reference signal according to the level of the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the CSI type of the first reference signal is determined to be RSRP; when the channel quality of the first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, the first reference signal is determined.
  • the type of CSI is SINR, and SINR can also be replaced by RSRQ, CQI, or SNR.
  • the comparison between the channel quality and the channel quality threshold may be a comparison between the channel quality and the channel quality threshold after a certain transformation or conversion, or a comparison between the channel quality and the channel quality threshold after a certain transformation or conversion, It is also possible to compare the two after certain changes or transformations.
  • the size of the channel quality and the channel quality threshold may be directly compared.
  • the CSI can be determined according to -The power difference between RS and SSB converts the SINR of CSI-RS to SINR of the same magnitude as SSB for comparison.
  • the channel quality and the channel quality threshold are of different types, for example, when the channel quality is SINR and the channel quality threshold is CQI, the channel quality and the channel quality threshold may be converted to the same type Then make a comparison.
  • the channel quality can be directly compared with the channel quality threshold, and the channel quality can also be compared with the channel quality threshold after quantization. This application does not limit the method for comparing the channel quality with the channel quality threshold.
  • the above example can also be described as: when the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than the channel quality threshold, the CSI type of the first reference signal is determined to be RSRP; when the channel quality of the first reference signal is greater than or equal to the channel quality gate In a limited time, it is determined that the CSI type of the first reference signal is SINR.
  • the SINR can also be replaced by RSRQ, CQI, or SNR.
  • the terminal device may receive at least two first reference signals, and the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, indicating that the terminal device cannot find a reference signal that can be received at the same time, therefore, the terminal device can only report RSRP, so that network devices can select reference signals with better channel quality based on RSRP and use single beam transmission.
  • the network device After the network device receives the RSRP, it can be understood that the current terminal device cannot find the reference signal that can be received at the same time. Since each beam corresponds to a reference signal, the terminal device cannot find the reference signal that can be received at the same time. Since the terminal device cannot find a beam that can be received simultaneously, the network device may not use multi-beam transmission in subsequent data transmission, but use single-beam transmission to improve the data transmission quality.
  • the terminal device may be based on any one of the cases It is determined that the type of reported CSI is RSRP, or the terminal device may choose not to report the CSI of the first reference signal whose channel quality is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold.
  • the terminal device receives 2 first reference signals (optionally, the terminal device receives at least 2 second reference signals), and determines the CSI of each first reference signal based on the channel quality of each first reference signal Type, if the channel quality of two first reference signals is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then report 2 RSRP; if the channel quality of one first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, the channel of the other first reference signal If the quality is greater than the channel quality threshold, one RSRP and one SINR are reported; if the channel quality of the two first reference signals is greater than the channel quality threshold, two SINRs are reported.
  • the terminal device receives 2 first reference signals (optionally, the terminal device receives at least 2 second reference signals), and determines the CSI of all the first reference signals based on the channel quality of all the first reference signals Type, if the channel quality of two first reference signals is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then report 2 RSRP; if the channel quality of one first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, the channel of the other first reference signal If the quality is greater than the channel quality threshold, 2 RSRPs are reported; if the channel qualities of the two first reference signals are greater than the channel quality threshold, 2 SINRs are reported.
  • the terminal device receives 2 first reference signals (optionally, the terminal device receives at least 2 second reference signals), and determines the CSI of all the first reference signals based on the channel quality of at least one first reference signal Type, if the channel quality of two first reference signals is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then report 2 RSRP; if the channel quality of one first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, the channel of the other first reference signal If the quality is greater than the channel quality threshold, 2 RSRPs are reported; if the channel qualities of the two first reference signals are greater than the channel quality threshold, 2 SINRs are reported.
  • the terminal device receives two first reference signals, and determines the CSI type of the two first reference signals based on the equivalent channel quality of the two first reference signals. If the two first reference signals are equivalent If the channel quality is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, report 2 RSRP or 1 RSRP (optionally, the 1 RSRP is an equivalent RSRP); if the equivalent channel quality of the 2 first reference signals is greater than the channel quality threshold , Then report 2 SINRs or 1 SINR (optionally, the 1 SINR is the equivalent SINR).
  • the equivalent channel quality threshold is, for example, the average value of the channel qualities of the above two first reference signals.
  • the equivalent channel quality threshold may also refer to related calculation methods in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the CSI-RS resources include CMR and IMR.
  • the CSI-RS resources configured by the current network device include at least two CMRs and at least two IMRs.
  • the identifiers of the two CMRs are CRI1 and CRI2, and the two IMRs are CRIb1 and CRIb2, respectively.
  • CRI a1 and CRI b1 are a group of CSI-RS resources
  • CRI a2 and CRI b2 are another group of CSI-RS resources.
  • the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the reference signals that can be received simultaneously are a group of CSI-RS resources.
  • the group of reference signal resources It is reported by the terminal device.
  • the number of CSI-RS resource groups reported by the terminal device, and/or the number of reference signal resources included in one CSI-RS resource group is configured by the network device or predefined by the communication protocol.
  • the reference signals carried on the two CMRs corresponding to CRI1 and CRI2 are the two first reference signals, and the reference signals carried on the two IMRs corresponding to CRIb1 and CRIb2 are the two second reference signals.
  • the terminal device can measure the reference signals carried on CRI1 and CRIb1 to obtain a CSI, that is, SINR-1, where the RSRP of the reference signal carried on CRI1 is RSRP-1; the terminal device can measure CRI2a and CRIb2
  • the reference signal carried carries another CSI, namely, SINR-2, where the RSRP of the reference signal carried on CRI a2 is RSRP-2.
  • the terminal device may report the following two CSI:
  • the terminal device may report the following two CSIs:
  • the number of CMRs configured by the terminal device exceeds two, the number of CSI reported by the terminal device can be configured by the network device.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold
  • SINR-1 and SINR-2 are both less than the SINR threshold, or SINR-1 or SINR-2 is less than the SINR threshold, that is, At least one of the SINRs of the reference signals carried on multiple CMRs does not meet the SINR threshold.
  • the CSI-RS resource only has CMR, that is, the network device configures the CSI-RS resource for the terminal through the configuration method 3 described above.
  • the CSI-RS resources currently configured by the network device include two CMRs, and the identifiers of the two CMRs are CRI a1 and CRI a2, respectively.
  • the reference signals carried by the CMR corresponding to CRI a1 and CRI a2 are both first reference signals.
  • the terminal device can measure the reference signals carried on CRI1 and CRI2 to obtain two CSIs, namely, SINR-1 and SINR-2, where the RSRP of the reference signal carried on CRI1 is RSRP-1 and the one carried on CRI2
  • the RSRP of the reference signal is RSRP-2.
  • SINR-1 is equal to RSRP-1 divided by RSRP-2
  • SINR-2 is equal to RSRP-2 divided by RSRP-1.
  • the terminal device may report one of the following CSI:
  • the terminal device can report one of the following CSI:
  • the number of CMRs configured by the terminal device exceeds two, the number of CSI reported by the terminal device can be configured by the network device.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold
  • the calculation method of the equivalent SINR may be an average value of multiple SINRs (for example, SINR-1 and SINR-2), and reference may also be made to related calculation methods in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • each parameter in the reporting process of the terminal device may be configured or indicated by the network device, or may be predefined by the communication protocol.
  • the reference signal resource identifier reported by the terminal device may also be SSBRI.
  • the terminal device may execute S220A to complete the report.
  • S220A Send indication information and CSI corresponding to the CSI type of the first reference signal, where the indication information is used to indicate the type.
  • CSI described below are all channel state information or channel quality after determining the CSI type.
  • the CSI includes the resource index of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the first channel quality can be obtained in the following ways:
  • Manner 1 The channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained through the first reference signal.
  • the signal value (referred to as “signal” for short, the following examples also apply to the interpretation)
  • the interference value (referred to as “interference” for short, the following examples also apply to the interpretation on the first reference signal )
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained according to the signal and interference.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained from the first reference signal and the third reference signal; optionally, the signal is measured on the first reference signal, and the interference is measured on the first reference signal and the third reference signal To obtain the channel quality of the first reference signal according to the signal and interference. Or the signal is measured on the first reference signal and the interference is measured on the third reference signal, and the channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference. It can also be described that the signal quality measured on the first reference signal is used as a signal, and the signal quality measured on the third reference signal is used as interference, and the channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained according to the signal and interference.
  • the third reference signal is a reference signal different from the first reference signal and the second signal, and the terminal device does not need to report the resource index of the third reference signal, such as zero-power CSI-RS or SSB.
  • the signal quality may be replaced with signal power, signal strength, signal energy, and so on.
  • the CSI includes the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, and the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal can be obtained in the following manner:
  • Manner 1 The channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained through the first reference signal and the second reference signal.
  • the signal is measured on the first reference signal
  • the interference is measured on the first reference signal and/or the second reference signal
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained according to the signal and interference.
  • Method 2 The first channel quality is obtained through the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal; optionally, the signal is measured on the first reference signal, and the second reference signal and the third reference signal are measured If interference is obtained, the channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained according to the signal and interference. Alternatively, the signal is measured on the first reference signal, the interference is measured on the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal, and the channel quality of the first reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference.
  • the foregoing scheme can also be described as using the signal quality measured on the first reference signal as a signal, and using the signal quality measured on the second reference signal and the third reference signal as interference, and obtaining the first according to the signal and the interference The channel quality of the reference signal.
  • the third reference signal is a reference signal different from the first reference signal and the second reference signal, and the terminal device does not need to report the resource index of the reference signal, such as zero-power CSI-RS or SSB.
  • the signal quality may be replaced with signal power, signal strength, signal energy, and so on.
  • Example 1 may also be used to obtain the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the CSI includes the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, the channel quality of the first reference signal, and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the method for acquiring the channel quality information of the first reference signal is the same as that in Example 2.
  • the channel quality of the second reference signal can be obtained in the following manner:
  • Manner 1 The channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained through the first reference signal and the second reference signal.
  • the signal is measured on the second reference signal
  • the interference is measured on the first reference signal and/or the second reference signal
  • the channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference.
  • Method 2 The second channel quality is obtained through the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal; optionally, the signal is measured on the second reference signal, and the first reference signal and the third reference signal are measured If interference is obtained, the channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference. Or the signal is measured on the second reference signal, the interference is measured on the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal, and the channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference.
  • the foregoing solution can also be described as using the signal quality measured on the second reference signal as a signal, and using the signal quality measured on the first reference signal and the third reference signal as interference, and obtaining the second according to the signal and the interference The channel quality of the reference signal.
  • the third reference signal is a reference signal different from the first reference signal and the second reference signal, and the terminal device does not need to report the resource index of the reference signal, such as zero-power CSI-RS or SSB.
  • the signal quality may be replaced with signal power, signal strength, signal energy, and so on.
  • Example 1 or Example 2 may also be used to obtain the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • Example 4 The CSI includes the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the method for acquiring the channel quality of the first reference signal may be the same as the methods in the above example 1, example 2, and example 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • Example 5 The CSI includes the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the method for acquiring the channel quality of the first reference signal may be the same as the methods in the above example 1, example 2, and example 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the indication information further includes a reference signal resource index.
  • the reference signal resource index includes the resource index of the first reference signal, or the reference signal resource index includes the resource index of the first reference signal and the resource index of the second reference signal.
  • the terminal device may receive multiple reference signals according to multiple reference signal resource sets configured by the network device, select one or more first reference signals from the multiple reference signals, and report the Indication information of one or more first reference signals and channel state information corresponding to the indication information.
  • the multiple channel state information may correspond to only one indication information, or the multiple channel state information may correspond to multiple indication information (for example, the Multiple channel state information may correspond to multiple indication information one-to-one).
  • the number of indication information of the first reference signal reported by the terminal device and the number of channel state information corresponding to the first reference signal may be configured by the network device, may also be predefined by the protocol, or may be the terminal Reported by the device.
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may include one or more resource indexes of the second reference signal.
  • the number of resources of the second reference signal corresponding to each first reference signal reported may be configured by a network device, may also be predefined by a protocol, or may be reported by a terminal device.
  • the sent indication information and/or channel state information may include a resource index of a first reference signal, a resource index of a second reference signal, and channel quality information of a first reference signal; or, the sent indication
  • the information and/or the channel state information may include one first reference signal resource index, two second reference signal resource indexes, and one first reference signal channel quality information.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be the resource index of the reference signal as a signal (or non-interference)
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may be the resource index of the reference signal as interference. This application does not limit the number of resource indexes of the second reference signal.
  • the reference signals corresponding to the resource index of the first reference signal and the resource index of the second reference signal are reference signals simultaneously received by the terminal device and simultaneously sent by the network device.
  • the content reported by the terminal device includes the first part of content and the second part of content.
  • the first part of content is indication information
  • the second part of content is CSI
  • the first part of content is indication information and a reference signal resource index
  • the second part of content is channel quality information
  • the first part of content is indication information
  • the second part of content is reference signal resource index and channel quality information.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information and the specific value of the SINR of the first reference signal (quantized value or unquantized value), the first indication The information is used to indicate that the CSI of the first reference signal is SINR.
  • the network device After receiving the content reported by the terminal device, the network device obtains the second part of the content according to the first part of the content.
  • the first indication information and the second part of content may be jointly encoded or independently encoded.
  • the first part of content may be decoded to obtain first indication information, and then the second part of content may be decoded according to the SINR according to the first indication information.
  • the terminal device may send the second indication information and the specific value of RSRP of the first reference signal (quantized value or unquantized value), the second indication
  • the information is used to indicate that the CSI of the first reference signal is RSRP.
  • the network device After receiving the content reported by the terminal device, the network device optionally decodes the first part of the content to obtain second indication information, and then decodes the first reference signal according to the RSRP. Two parts.
  • the terminal device may use various forms of indication information to indicate the type of CSI.
  • the preset bits may be used to indicate the type of CSI, or the number of CRI may be used to indicate the type of CSI, or the type of CRI may be used to indicate The type of CSI. In the following, these three instructions are introduced separately.
  • the terminal device uses a bit to indicate the type of CSI. For example, when the bit is "0", it indicates that the second part is SINR; when the bit is "1", it indicates that the second part is RSRP. Or, when the bit is "1", it means that the second part is SINR; when the bit is "0”, it means that the second part is RSRP.
  • Different values of the bit (or, different states) ) Represents different instructions.
  • the above bits may be newly added bits or special status bits of existing information.
  • the terminal device may also use multiple bits to indicate the type of CSI.
  • the special status bit of the existing information may be a reserved status bit of SINR or RSRP, the lowest status bit or the highest status bit.
  • the CSI corresponding to the indication information includes the resource index of the reference signal and the channel quality of the reference signal.
  • the indication information does not include the resource index of the reference signal.
  • the indication information may include a reference signal resource index, and the CSI corresponding to the indication information includes channel quality.
  • the reference signal resource index may include the resource index of the first reference signal and the second reference signal, or the reference signal resource index may include the resource index of the first reference signal.
  • the channel quality of the reference signal may include the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal, or the reference signal resource index may include the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the terminal device uses the number of CRIs to indicate the type of CSI.
  • CRI When the terminal device reports only one CRI, it indicates that the second part of the content is RSRP; when the terminal device reports multiple CRIs, it indicates that the second part of the content is SINR.
  • Different numbers of CRI represent different instructions.
  • the terminal device reports the indication information of the number of reference signals
  • the indication information of the number of reference signals indicates that the number of reported reference signals is one, it means that the content of the second part is RSRP; when the indication information of the number of reference signals When the number of reported reference signals is greater than 1, it indicates that the second part is SINR;
  • the CSI corresponding to the indication information includes the resource index of the reference signal and the channel quality of the reference signal.
  • the indication information may include a reference signal resource index, and the CSI corresponding to the indication information includes channel quality.
  • the reference signal resource index may include the resource index of the first reference signal and the second reference signal, or the reference signal resource index may include the resource index of the first reference signal.
  • the channel quality of the reference signal may include the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal, or the reference signal resource index may include the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the terminal device uses the type of CRI to indicate the type of CSI.
  • CRI CRI
  • the terminal device reports multiple identical CRIs, it indicates that the second part of the content is RSRP; when the terminal device reports multiple different CRIs, it indicates that the second part of the content is SINR.
  • Different types of CRI represent different instructions.
  • the CSI corresponding to the indication information includes the resource index of the reference signal and the channel quality of the reference signal.
  • the indication information may include a reference signal resource index, and the CSI corresponding to the indication information includes channel quality.
  • the reference signal resource index may include the resource index of the first reference signal and the second reference signal, or the reference signal resource index may include the resource index of the first reference signal.
  • the channel quality of the reference signal may include the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal, or the reference signal resource index may include the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the above describes the reporting method when the terminal device reports the CSI of a reference signal.
  • the CSI reporting method of each reference signal can be follow the above method.
  • the terminal device reports CSI of multiple reference signals, and when the CSI types of the multiple reference signals are the same, the CSI of multiple reference signals may be reported in a differential manner.
  • the terminal device may directly report differentially.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI of the two first reference signals, and the CSI of the two first reference signals are both RSRP, where the two first reference signals are the first reference signal 1 and the first reference signal 2.
  • the network device may report the RSRP value and the RSRP difference of the first reference signal 1, which is the difference between the RSRP value of the first reference signal 2 and the RSRP value of the first reference signal 1.
  • the terminal device may perform differential reporting in groups, and the CSI types of the first reference signals in each group are the same.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI of four first reference signals.
  • the four first reference signals are the first reference signal 1, the first reference signal 2, the first reference signal 3, and the first reference signal 4.
  • the CSI of the two first reference signals is RSRP
  • the CSI of the last two first reference signals is SINR
  • the terminal device may report the RSRP value and the RSRP difference of the first reference signal 1 and the SINR of the first reference signal 3 Value and SINR difference
  • the RSRP difference is the difference between the RSRP value of the first reference signal 2 and the RSRP value of the first reference signal 1
  • the SINR difference is the SINR value of the first reference signal 4 and the first reference signal
  • the difference of 3 SINR values are the difference between the RSRP value of the first reference signal 4 and the first reference signal.
  • the terminal device may also report the CSI of the first reference signal and the CSI of the second reference signal.
  • the second reference signal resource here may be CMR.
  • the network device may report the first The RSRP value of the reference signal and the difference between the RSRP value of the second reference signal and the RSRP value of the first reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two RSRP values is generally smaller than the value range of the RSRP value, and a smaller number of bits can be used to represent the RSRP value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the CSI of multiple reference signals by differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal are reference signals that the terminal device can receive simultaneously.
  • the time unit may be one or more radio frames, one or more subframes, one or more time slots defined in a long term evolution (LTE) system or a 5G new radio (NR) system.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR 5G new radio
  • mini-slots one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or a time window composed of multiple frames or subframes, such as system information ( system (information, SI) window.
  • SI system information
  • the following embodiments take the reference signal received simultaneously as the reference signal received on one or more OFDM symbols as an example for description, which is not limited in this application.
  • N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal device reports the resource index of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the first reference signal is a non-interfering signal.
  • the resource index may or may not be used as indication information.
  • the resource index may be called channel information or information related to channel quality.
  • mapping order of indication information and channel state information is as follows:
  • Method 1 Map in the order of the types of reference signals: resource indexes of all first reference signals -> resource indexes of all second reference signals (optional) -> channel quality of first reference signals -> second reference signals Channel quality (optional). All reference signal resource indexes refer to all reference signal indexes in the reported CSI of the N reference signals.
  • Method 2 Map in the order of reference signal groups: resource index of the first group of first reference signals -> resource index of the first group of second reference signals (optional) ->...-> of the N group of first reference signals Resource index -> Resource index of the Nth group of second reference signals (optionally) -> Channel quality of the first group of first reference signals -> Channel quality of the first group of second reference signals (optionally) -> ...->Channel quality of the Nth group first reference signal->Channel quality of the Nth group second reference signal (optional).
  • One of the reference signal groups refers to indication information and channel state information of a first reference signal (resource index of the first reference signal and channel quality of the first reference signal), and may also include the first step of calculating the channel quality of the first reference signal
  • the channel state information of the second reference signal (the resource index of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal). This calculation method has been described above and will not be repeated here.
  • the newly added bits may share one of the N reference signal groups, or each reference signal group may correspond to a new
  • the additional bits, or the channel qualities of the first reference signal and the second reference signal corresponding to one newly added bit, are used to indicate the type of channel quality.
  • the newly added bit may be one or more bits.
  • the all newly added bits can be mapped to the front of all reference signal resource indexes, or the all newly added bits can be mapped to the back of all reference signal resource indexes, or the newly added bits corresponding to each reference signal It can be mapped to the front or back of each reference signal index.
  • the channel quality of the reference signal in the channel state information can be reported in the following two ways:
  • the difference in channel quality within a reference signal group is the difference in channel quality within a reference signal group.
  • a reference signal group may refer to indication information and channel state information of a first reference signal (resource index of the first reference signal and channel quality of the first reference signal), and may also include calculating the channel of the first reference signal The channel state information of the second reference signal of quality (the resource index of the second reference signal and or the channel quality of the second reference signal). If the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal are included in the one reference signal group, the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal are reported differentially. For example, the channel quality of the second reference signal is reported using a differential value with reference to the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the terminal device reports the channel quality of the first reference signal and the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the channel quality as the reference value may be a maximum value, a minimum value, or an average value among the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the channel quality of reference signals of the same type differs.
  • the channel quality of the N first reference signals is reported differentially. If the channel state information of the second reference signal is also included, the channel quality of the N second reference signals is reported differentially.
  • the channel quality of the 2nd to Nth first reference signals is reported using a differential value with reference to the channel quality of the 1st first reference signal. That is, the terminal device reports the channel quality of the first first reference signal and the difference between the channel quality of the second to N first reference signals and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the channel quality of the first first reference signal is the maximum value, or the minimum value, or the average value among the channel quality of the first to N-th first reference signals.
  • the reporting method of the second reference signal uses the same reporting method as the channel quality information of the first reference signal, which will not be repeated here.
  • the channel quality information of the reference signal of type RSRP is reported differentially, and the channel quality information of the reference signal of type SINR is reported differentially.
  • RSRP type channel quality it is necessary to report a reference channel quality information and multiple differential channel quality information.
  • SINR type channel quality a reference channel quality and multiple differential channel qualities need to be reported. If the channel quality of N second reference signals needs to be reported, the same method can be used, or the difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal of the same channel quality type can be reported as one reference channel quality and multiple differential channels quality.
  • Method c can also be combined with method a or method b.
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, and then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped.
  • Manner 2 the resource index of the first reference signal 1->the channel quality of the first reference signal 1->...->the resource index of the first reference signal N->the channel quality of the first reference signal N. That is, each channel state is sequentially mapped. For example, first map the resource index and channel quality of the first reference signal corresponding to the first channel state, then map the resource index and channel quality of the first reference signal corresponding to the second channel state, and then map other channel states in order.
  • Mode 1 is shown in Table 1
  • Mode 2 is shown in Table 2.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be RSRP or SINR.
  • the terminal device may indicate the type of channel quality based on the three indication methods described above.
  • the indication information may be placed before the resource indexes of all the first reference signals, or after all the resource indexes of the first reference signals, or may be placed in the resource index of each first reference signal prior to.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: all indication information -> resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, all indication information is mapped first, then resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped, and then channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped. as shown in Table 3.
  • Mode 2 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> all indication information -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then all indication information is mapped, and then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 4.
  • Mode 3 is: indication information 1->resource index 1->...-> indication information N->resource index N->channel quality 1->...->channel quality N. That is, the indication information and channel quality corresponding to the first first reference signal are mapped first, and then the indication information and resource index corresponding to the second first reference signal are mapped, ..., and then the indication corresponding to the Nth first reference signal is mapped Information and resource index, and then map the channel quality of all the first reference signals. As shown in Table 5.
  • A1, A2, ..., AN represent N indication information.
  • the number of resource indexes is the indication information
  • the terminal device may report the indication information indicating the number of reference signals, the resource index, and the channel quality.
  • the indication information indicating the number of reference signals, the resource index, and the channel quality.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: quantity indication information 1->resource index 1->channel quality 1 of the first reference signal. That is, the indication information 1 indicating the number of reference signals is mapped first, then the resource index 1 of the first reference signal is mapped, and then the channel quality 1 (ie, RSRP1) of the first reference signal is mapped. As shown in Table 6.
  • Mode 2 is: quantity indication information 2 -> resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the indication information 2 indicating the number of reference signals is mapped first, then the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality (ie, SINR) of all first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 7.
  • the coding sequence is shown in Table 6 and Table 7.
  • One resource index indicates that the second part of the content is RSRP, and multiple resource indexes indicate that the second part of the content is SINR.
  • the type of resource index is the indication information
  • the terminal device can report different types of resource indexes and channel quality. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: N identical resource indexes -> N channel quality of the first reference signal. That is, N identical resource indexes are mapped first, and then the channel quality (ie, RSRP) of the N first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 8.
  • Mode 2 is: N different resource indexes -> N channel quality of the first reference signal. That is, first map N different resource indexes, and then map the channel quality (ie, SINR) of N first reference signals. As shown in Table 9.
  • the coding sequence is shown in Table 8 and Table 9. Multiple identical resource indexes indicate that the second part of the content is RSRP, and multiple different resource indexes indicate that the second part of the content is SINR.
  • Differential reporting is only applicable to the same type of CSI.
  • differential reporting can be grouped. For brevity, only one example is given below. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • the mode is: resource index of all first reference signals->channel quality of first reference signal 1 ->channel quality of differential first reference signal 2 ->...->channel quality of differential first reference signal N. That is, first map all resource indexes of the first reference signal, then map the channel quality of the first reference signal 1, then map the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal 2 and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1, and finally map the first The difference between the channel quality of a reference signal N and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1. As shown in Table 10.
  • the terminal device determines the type of CSI according to the relationship between the channel quality of each first reference signal and the channel quality threshold, and those skilled in the art can obtain based on other circumstances without creative efforts.
  • Channel quality reporting method Other cases are, for example, that the terminal device determines the type of CSI based on the magnitude relationship between the equivalent channel quality of multiple first reference signals and the channel quality threshold. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, and then the channel qualities of all first reference signals are mapped, where the types of channel qualities of different first reference signals may be different. As shown in Table 11.
  • aspect 3 can obtain the encoding manner shown in Table 12.
  • i is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than N.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of the first group of first reference signals -> channel quality of the second group of first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the channel quality of a group of first reference signals of the same channel quality type is mapped, and then the channel quality of another group of first reference signals of the same channel quality type is mapped, where, The channel quality of the first reference signal of the same group is reported in a differential manner. As shown in Table 12.
  • the terminal device reports the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, and the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the first reference signal is a non-interfering signal
  • the second reference signal is an interfering signal.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 the resource index of all first reference signals->the resource index of all second reference signals->the channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, and finally the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 13.
  • Method 2 the resource index of the first reference signal 1->the resource index of the second reference signal 1->the channel quality of the first reference signal 1->...->the resource index of the first reference signal N->the second reference
  • the resource index of the signal N->the channel quality N of the first reference signal is sequentially mapped. For example, first map the resource index of the first reference signal corresponding to the first channel state, the second reference signal index, and the channel quality of the first reference signal, and then map the resource index of the first reference signal corresponding to the second channel state, the first The second reference signal index and the channel quality of the first reference signal are mapped to other channel states in sequence. As shown in Table 14.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be RSRP or SINR.
  • the indication information may be placed before the resource indexes of all the first reference signals, or after all the resource indexes of the first reference signals, or may be placed in the resource index of each first reference signal prior to.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 is: all indication information -> resource indexes of all first reference signals -> resource indexes of all second reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, all the indication information is mapped first, then the resource indexes of all the first reference signals are mapped, then the resource indexes of all the second reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality of all the first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 15.
  • Mode 2 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> all indication information -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, then all indication information is mapped, and then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 16.
  • Mode 3 is: indication information 1-> resource index of the first reference signal 1-> resource index of the second reference signal 1->...-> indication information N-> resource index of the first reference signal N-> second reference
  • the resource index of the signal and the resource index of the second reference signal finally map the channel quality of the N first reference signals in sequence. As shown in Table 17.
  • the number of resource indexes is the indication information
  • the terminal device may report the indication information indicating the number of reference signals, the resource index, and the channel quality.
  • the indication information indicating the number of reference signals, the resource index, and the channel quality.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 is: quantity indication information 1->resource index of first reference signal 1->resource index of second reference signal 1->channel quality 1 of first reference signal. That is, the indication information 1 indicating the number of reference signals is mapped first, then the resource index 1 of the first reference signal is mapped, then the resource index 1 of the second reference signal is mapped, and then the channel quality 1 of the first reference signal is mapped (ie, RSRP1 ). As shown in Table 18.
  • Mode 2 is: quantity indication information 2 -> resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the indication information 2 indicating the number of reference signals is mapped first, then the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality (ie, SINR) of all first reference signals is mapped. ). As shown in Table 19.
  • the type of resource index is the indication information
  • the terminal device can report different types of resource indexes and channel quality. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 the resource index of N identical first reference signals -> the resource index of N identical second reference signals -> the channel quality of N first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of N identical first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of N identical second reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality (ie, RSRP) of N first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 20.
  • Manner 2 the resource index of N different first reference signals -> the resource index of N different second reference signals -> the channel quality of N first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of N different first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of N different second reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality (i.e., SINR) of the N first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 21.
  • Differential reporting is only applicable to the same type of CSI.
  • differential reporting can be grouped. For brevity, only one example is given below. The difference can be in the following ways:
  • Method 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of first reference signal 1 -> channel quality of differential first reference signal 2 ->...-> differential The channel quality of the first reference signal N. That is, first map resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map channel quality of first reference signal 1, then map channel quality of first reference signal 2 and first reference signal The difference of the channel quality of 1, and finally the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal N and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1 is mapped.
  • the terminal device determines the type of CSI according to the relationship between the channel quality of each first reference signal and the channel quality threshold, and those skilled in the art can obtain based on other circumstances without creative efforts.
  • Channel quality reporting method Other cases are, for example, that the terminal device determines the type of CSI based on the magnitude relationship between the equivalent channel quality of multiple first reference signals and the channel quality threshold. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 the resource index of all first reference signals->the resource index of all second reference signals->the channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped, where the types of channel quality of different first reference signals may be different . As shown in Table 23.
  • aspect 7 can obtain the coding scheme shown in Table 24.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • the mode is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of the first group of first reference signals -> channel quality of the second group of first reference signals. That is, first map the resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map the resource indexes of all second reference signals, then map the channel quality of a group of first reference signals of the same channel quality type, and then map another channel of the same channel quality type.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal of the group, wherein the channel quality of the first reference signal of the same group is reported in a differential manner. As shown in Table 24.
  • the terminal device reports the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, the channel quality of the first reference signal, and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the resource of the first reference signal is CMR and the resource of the second reference signal is CMR, that is to say, the first reference signal and the second reference signal in the reporting method are interference signals with each other.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all second reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped, and finally the channel quality of all second reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 25.
  • Method 2 the resource index of the first reference signal 1->the resource index of the second reference signal 1->the channel quality of the first reference signal 1->the channel quality of the second reference signal 1->...->the first reference
  • the resource index of a reference signal, the index of the second reference signal, the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal are sequentially mapped to other channel states in sequence. As shown in Table 26.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be RSRP or SINR
  • the channel quality of the second reference signal may be RSRP or SINR.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: all indication information->resource indexes of all first reference signals->resource indexes of all second reference signals->channel quality of all first reference signals->channel quality of all second reference signals. That is, all indication information is mapped first, then all resource indexes of the first reference signal are mapped, then all resource indexes of the second reference signal are mapped, then channel quality of all the first reference signal is mapped, and then all channels of the second reference signal are mapped quality. As shown in Table 27.
  • Mode 2 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> all indication information -> channel quality of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all second reference signals. That is, first map resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map resource indexes of all second reference signals, then map all indication information, then map channel quality of all first reference signals, and then map channels of all second reference signals quality. As shown in Table 28.
  • Mode 3 is: indication information 1-> resource index of first reference signal 1->...-> indication information N-> resource index of first reference signal N->...-> indication information N+1-> second reference Signal resource index 1->...->Indication information 2N->Resource index of second reference signal N->...->Resource index of first reference signal 1->...->Resource index of first reference signal N- >Resource index of the second reference signal 1->...->Resource index N of the second reference signal. As shown in Table 29.
  • A1, A2, ..., A2N represent 2N indication information.
  • the number of resource indexes is the indication information
  • the terminal device may report the indication information indicating the number of reference signals, the resource index, and the channel quality.
  • the indication information indicating the number of reference signals, the resource index, and the channel quality.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 is: quantity indication information 1 -> resource index of the first reference signal 1 -> resource index of the second reference signal 1 -> channel quality of the first reference signal 1 -> channel quality 1 of the second reference signal. That is, the indication information 1 indicating the number of reference signals is mapped first, then the resource index 1 of the first reference signal is mapped, then the resource index 1 of the second reference signal is mapped, and then the channel quality 1 (ie, RSRP) of the first reference signal is mapped. ), and remap the channel quality of the second reference signal to 1 (ie, RSRP). As shown in Table 30.
  • Mode 2 is: quantity indication information 2 -> resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all second reference signals. That is, the indication information 2 indicating the number of reference signals is mapped first, then the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality (ie, SINR) of all first reference signals is mapped. ), and then remap the channel quality (ie, SINR) of all the second reference signals. As shown in Table 31.
  • the type of resource index is indication information, and the terminal device can report different types of resource indexes and channel quality. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Method 1 the resource index of N identical first reference signals->the resource index of N identical second reference signals->the channel quality of N first reference signals->the channel quality of N second reference signals . That is, first map the resource indexes of N identical first reference signals, then map the resource indexes of N identical second reference signals, then map the channel quality of N first reference signals (ie, RSRP), and then map N Channel quality of a second reference signal (ie, RSRP). As shown in Table 32.
  • Mode 2 is: resource index of N different first reference signals -> resource index of N different second reference signals -> channel quality of N first reference signals -> channel quality of N second reference signals . That is, first map N different resource indexes of the first reference signal, then map N different second reference signal resources, then map the channel quality (ie, SINR) of N first reference signals, and then map N Channel quality (ie, SINR) of a second reference signal. As shown in Table 32.
  • Differential reporting is only applicable to the same type of CSI.
  • differential reporting can be grouped. For brevity, only one example is given below.
  • the coding scheme shown in Table 34 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of first reference signal 1 -> channel quality of differential first reference signal 2- >...->channel quality of the differential first reference signal N->channel quality of the second reference signal 1->channel quality of the differential second reference signal 2->...->channel of the differential second reference signal N quality.
  • first map resource indexes of all first reference signals then map resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map channel quality of first reference signal 1, then map channel quality of first reference signal 2 and first reference signal
  • the difference in channel quality of 1 then the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal N and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1, the second channel quality of the second reference signal 1, the second reference signal 2
  • the difference between the channel quality and the channel quality of the second reference signal 1 and then the difference between the channel quality of the second reference signal N and the channel quality of the second reference signal 1 is mapped.
  • the terminal device determines the type of CSI according to the relationship between the channel quality of each first reference signal and the channel quality threshold, and those skilled in the art can obtain based on other circumstances without creative efforts.
  • Channel quality reporting method Other cases are, for example, that the terminal device determines the type of CSI based on the magnitude relationship between the equivalent channel quality of multiple first reference signals and the channel quality threshold.
  • the coding method in Table 35 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all second reference signals. That is, first map the resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map the resource indexes of all second reference signals, then map the channel quality of all first reference signals, and then map the channel quality of all second reference signals, where the different The type of channel quality of the first reference signal may be different, and the type of channel quality of different second reference signals may be different.
  • the coding method of Table 36 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of first group of first reference signals -> channel quality of second group of first reference signals- >Channel quality of the first set of second reference signals->Channel quality of the second set of second reference signals. That is, first map the resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map the resource indexes of all second reference signals, then map the channel quality of a group of first reference signals of the same channel quality type, and then map another channel of the same channel quality type.
  • Channel quality of a group of first reference signals remapping the channel quality of a group of second reference signals of the same channel quality type, and remapping the channel quality of another group of second reference signals of the same channel quality type, where the same group of first
  • the channel quality of the reference signal is reported in a differential manner, and the channel quality of the second reference signal of the same group is reported in a differential manner.
  • the network device sends the configuration information to the terminal device that contains the "group-based beam reporting (group based beam reporting)" field, and the above tables are all "group-based beam reporting (group based beam reporting).
  • the state of the ")" field is the reporting mode when it is in the disabled state, that is, N first reference signals are used as a group of reference signals, and the terminal device only considers the channel quality of each first reference signal when reporting CSI.
  • the terminal device needs to consider the channel quality of a group of reference signals when reporting CSI, for example, as long as the group of reference signals has a reference
  • the channel quality of the signal is less than the channel quality threshold, or, as long as the equivalent reference signal quality of the set of reference signals is less than the channel quality threshold, the CSI type of the set of reference signals reported by the terminal device is all RSRP.
  • FIG. 2B shows another method for sending CSI provided by the present application. This method may be executed by the terminal device 120 or a chip in the terminal device 120.
  • the terminal equipment and “network equipment” described below are no longer accompanied by reference signs.
  • the method 200B includes:
  • S210B Determine the content of the CSI of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the above method may also be described as “determining the CSI type of the first reference signal according to the channel quality of the first reference signal”.
  • the first reference signal is, for example, the CSI-RS or SSB described above, and the CSI content of the first reference signal is, for example, RSRP or SINR.
  • the terminal device may receive the CSI-RS on the CMR, and determine the channel quality of the CSI-RS based on the signal power of the CSI-RS and the signal power of the interference signal on the IMR (or another CMR).
  • the quality of the channel can be measured by parameters such as SINR, CQI, reference signal reception quality (RSRQ) and signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). Therefore, the CSI content of the first reference signal is also Can be these parameters.
  • the signal power in the embodiments of the present application may be replaced with signal quality such as signal strength and signal energy, which is not limited in this application.
  • the signal power may be the reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP).
  • the channel quality When the channel quality is poor, it may be due to the strength of the useful signal (that is, the non-interfering signal) is weak, or the strength of the interference signal is large. At this time, if the terminal device only feeds back channel quality information, the network device does not It is not known what caused the current poor channel quality. Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, when the channel quality is poor, the terminal device feeds back signal power information, such as SINR and RSRP. On the one hand, when the signal power is high, the network can send data according to the reference signal with high signal power, which can achieve better system performance than sending data according to multiple reference signals or multi-user transmission through multiple reference signals .
  • the terminal device recommends that the network device use a single beam to send data or use single-user transmission.
  • the performance of the single-beam transmission data is better than the performance of multi-beam transmission data, or the performance of single-user transmission is better than the performance of multi-user transmission.
  • the network device may consider sending data according to other reference signals, timely update the beam direction, and improve system performance.
  • the terminal device can send data according to the multiple reference signals when recommending network data scheduling data, that is, use the beams corresponding to the current multiple reference signals to transmit data, improve system performance, and obtain better space division multiplexing Use the effect, or obtain better system robustness (for example, in ultra-reliable low latency (URLLC) scenarios, multiple beams send the same data to improve data transmission reliability).
  • the terminal equipment can use MU transmission when recommending network data scheduling data, that is, using multiple reference signals corresponding beams to transmit data to different users, improve system performance, and obtain better space division Reuse effect. Therefore, in this application, when the channel quality is good, the terminal device feeds back channel quality information, such as SINR.
  • the terminal device may also determine the content of the CSI of the first reference signal according to the level of the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the terminal device may also determine the CSI type of the first reference signal according to the level of the channel quality of the first reference signal”.
  • the CSI content of the first reference signal is determined to be SINR and RSRP; when the channel quality of the first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, the first reference is determined
  • the content of the signal's CSI is SINR, and SINR may also be replaced by RSRQ, CQI, or SNR, etc., where the channel quality of the first reference signal may be SINR.
  • the comparison between the channel quality and the channel quality threshold may be a comparison between the channel quality and the channel quality threshold after a certain transformation or conversion, or a comparison between the channel quality and the channel quality threshold after a certain transformation or conversion, It is also possible to compare the two after certain changes or transformations.
  • the size of the channel quality and the channel quality threshold may be directly compared.
  • the CSI can be determined according to -The power difference between RS and SSB converts the SINR of CSI-RS to SINR of the same magnitude as SSB for comparison. It is also possible to convert the SINR of the SSB to the SINR of the same magnitude as the CSI-RS according to the power difference between the CSI-RS and the SSB for comparison.
  • the channel quality and the channel quality threshold are of different types, for example, when the channel quality is SINR and the channel quality threshold is CQI, the channel quality and the channel quality threshold may be converted to the same type Then make a comparison.
  • the channel quality can be directly compared with the channel quality threshold, and the channel quality can also be compared with the channel quality threshold after quantization. This application does not limit the method for comparing the channel quality with the channel quality threshold.
  • the above example can also be described as: when the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than the channel quality threshold, the type of CSI of the first reference signal is determined to be SINR and RSRP; when the channel quality of the first reference signal is greater than or equal to the channel At the quality threshold, it is determined that the CSI type of the first reference signal is SINR.
  • the SINR can also be replaced by RSRQ, CQI, or SNR.
  • the terminal device may receive at least two first reference signals, and the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, indicating that the terminal device cannot find a reference signal that can be received at the same time. Therefore, the terminal device needs to report SINR also needs to be reported to RSRP, so that the network device can select a reference signal with better channel quality based on RSRP and use single beam transmission.
  • SINR also needs to be reported to RSRP
  • the network device After the network device receives the RSRP, it can be understood that the current terminal device cannot find the reference signal that can be received at the same time. Since each beam corresponds to a reference signal, the terminal device cannot find the reference signal that can be received at the same time. Since the terminal device cannot find a beam that can be received simultaneously, the network device may not use multi-beam transmission in subsequent data transmission, but use single-beam transmission to improve the data transmission quality.
  • the terminal device may be based on any one of the cases Determine the type/content of the reported CSI, or the terminal device may choose not to report the CSI of the first reference signal whose channel quality is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold.
  • the terminal device receives 2 first reference signals (optionally, the terminal device receives at least 2 second reference signals), and determines the CSI of each first reference signal based on the channel quality of each first reference signal Type, if the channel quality of the two first reference signals is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then report two SINR and RSRP (one SINR and RSRP corresponds to a first reference signal); if the channel quality of a first reference signal Less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, and the channel quality of another first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, then report 1 SINR and RSRP (the 1 SINR and RSRP correspond to a first reference signal), 1 SINR (the 1 SINR corresponds to another first reference signal); if the channel quality of the two first reference signals is greater than the channel quality threshold, two SINRs are reported.
  • the terminal device receives 2 first reference signals (optionally, the terminal device receives at least 2 second reference signals), and determines the CSI of all the first reference signals based on the channel quality of all the first reference signals Type, if the channel quality of the two first reference signals is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then report two SINR and RSRP (one SINR and RSRP corresponds to a first reference signal); if the channel quality of a first reference signal Less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, and the channel quality of the other first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, 2 SINR and RSRP are reported (one SINR and RSRP corresponds to a first reference signal); if two first reference signals If the channel quality is greater than the channel quality threshold, then 2 SINRs are reported (1 SINR corresponds to one first reference signal).
  • the terminal device receives 2 first reference signals (optionally, the terminal device receives at least 2 second reference signals), and determines the CSI of all the first reference signals based on the channel quality of at least one first reference signal Type, if the channel quality of the two first reference signals is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then report two SINR and RSRP (one SINR and RSRP corresponds to a first reference signal); if the channel quality of a first reference signal Less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, and the channel quality of the other first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, 2 SINR and RSRP are reported (one SINR and RSRP corresponds to a first reference signal); if two first reference signals If the channel quality is greater than the channel quality threshold, then 2 SINRs are reported (1 SINR corresponds to one first reference signal).
  • the terminal device receives two first reference signals, and determines the CSI type of the two first reference signals based on the equivalent channel quality of the two first reference signals. If the two first reference signals are equivalent If the channel quality is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then 2 RSRPs or 1 RSRP (optionally, the 1 RSRP is an equivalent RSRP), and, 2 SINRs or 1 SINR (optionally the 1 SINR Is the equivalent SINR); if the equivalent channel quality of the two first reference signals is greater than the channel quality threshold, then report 2 SINRs or 1 SINR (optionally, the 1 SINR is the equivalent SINR).
  • the equivalent channel quality threshold is, for example, the average value of the channel qualities of the above two first reference signals.
  • the equivalent channel quality threshold may also refer to related calculation methods in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device receives two first reference signals, and determines the CSI type of the two first reference signals based on the equivalent channel quality of the two first reference signals. If the two first reference signals are equivalent If the channel quality is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, then report 2 SINR and RSRP, or 1 SINR and RSRP (optionally, the 1 RSRP is equivalent RSRP, and the 1 SINR is equivalent SINR); if the 2 The equivalent channel quality of the first reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, then 2 SINRs or 1 SINR are reported (optionally, the 1 SINR is the equivalent SINR).
  • the equivalent channel quality threshold is, for example, the average value of the channel qualities of the above two first reference signals.
  • the equivalent channel quality threshold may also refer to related calculation methods in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the CSI-RS resources include CMR and IMR.
  • the CSI-RS resources configured by the current network device include at least two CMRs and at least two IMRs.
  • the identifiers of the two CMRs are CRI1 and CRI2, and the two IMRs are CRIb1 and CRIb2, respectively.
  • CRI a1 and CRI b1 are a group of CSI-RS resources
  • CRI a2 and CRI b2 are another group of CSI-RS resources.
  • the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the reference signals that can be received simultaneously are a group of CSI-RS resources.
  • the group of reference signal resources It is reported by the terminal device.
  • the number of CSI-RS resource groups reported by the terminal device, and/or the number of reference signal resources included in one CSI-RS resource group is configured by the network device or predefined by the communication protocol.
  • the reference signals carried on the two CMRs corresponding to CRI1 and CRI2 are the two first reference signals, and the reference signals carried on the two IMRs corresponding to CRIb1 and CRIb2 are the two second reference signals.
  • the terminal device can measure the reference signals carried on CRI1 and CRIb1 to obtain a CSI, that is, SINR-1, where the RSRP of the reference signal carried on CRI1 is RSRP-1; the terminal device can measure CRI2a and CRIb2
  • the reference signal carried carries another CSI, namely, SINR-2, where the RSRP of the reference signal carried on CRI a2 is RSRP-2.
  • the terminal device may report the following two CSI:
  • the terminal device may report the following two CSIs:
  • the number of CMRs configured by the terminal device exceeds two, the number of CSI reported by the terminal device can be configured by the network device.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold
  • SINR-1 and SINR-2 are both less than the SINR threshold, or SINR-1 or SINR-2 is less than the SINR threshold, that is, At least one of the SINRs of the reference signals carried on multiple CMRs does not meet the SINR threshold.
  • the CSI-RS resource only has CMR, that is, the network device configures the CSI-RS resource for the terminal through the configuration method 3 described above.
  • the CSI-RS resources currently configured by the network device include two CMRs, and the identifiers of the two CMRs are CRI a1 and CRI a2, respectively.
  • the reference signals carried by the CMR corresponding to CRI a1 and CRI a2 are both first reference signals.
  • the terminal device can measure the reference signals carried on CRI1 and CRI2 to obtain two CSIs, namely, SINR-1 and SINR-2, where the RSRP of the reference signal carried on CRI1 is RSRP-1 and the one carried on CRI2
  • the RSRP of the reference signal is RSRP-2.
  • SINR-1 is equal to RSRP-1 divided by RSRP-2
  • SINR-2 is equal to RSRP-2 divided by RSRP-1.
  • the terminal device may report one of the following CSI:
  • the terminal device can report one of the following CSI:
  • the number of CMRs configured by the terminal device exceeds two, the number of CSI reported by the terminal device can be configured by the network device.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold
  • the calculation method of the equivalent SINR may be an average value of multiple SINRs (for example, SINR-1 and SINR-2), and reference may also be made to related calculation methods in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • each parameter in the reporting process of the terminal device may be configured or indicated by the network device, or may be predefined by the communication protocol.
  • the content of the CSI of the first reference signal may further include the resource identifier of the first reference signal.
  • the resource identifier of the first reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI.
  • the terminal device may execute S220B to complete the report.
  • S220B Send the content of the CSI of the first reference signal.
  • the CSI described below are all channel state information or channel quality after determining the CSI content.
  • the CSI includes a reference signal resource index and SINR, or the CSI includes a reference signal resource index, SINR, and RSRP.
  • SINR reference signal resource index
  • RSRP reference signal resource index
  • the CSI includes the resource index of the first reference signal and the SINR of the first reference signal.
  • the CSI also includes the RSRP of the first reference signal.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal is greater than a preset threshold, the RSRP of the first reference signal is not included in the CSI.
  • SINR can be obtained in the following ways:
  • SINR is obtained by measuring the first reference signal.
  • the signal value referred to as “signal” for short, the following examples also apply to the interpretation
  • the interference value referred to as “interference” for short, the following examples also apply to the interpretation on the first reference signal
  • the SINR is obtained based on the signal and interference.
  • SINR is obtained through the first reference signal measurement and the third reference signal measurement; optionally, the signal is measured on the first reference signal, and the interference is measured on the first reference signal and the third reference signal, according to the signal And interference to obtain SINR. Or the signal is measured on the first reference signal and the interference is measured on the third reference signal, and the SINR is obtained according to the signal and the interference. It may also be described that the signal quality measured on the first reference signal is used as a signal, and the signal quality measured on the third reference signal is used as interference, and the SINR is obtained according to the signal and interference.
  • the third reference signal is a reference signal different from the first reference signal and the second reference signal, and the terminal device does not need to report the resource index of the third reference signal, such as zero-power CSI-RS or SSB.
  • the signal quality may be replaced with signal power, signal strength, signal energy, and so on.
  • RSRP is obtained through first reference signal measurement.
  • the CSI includes the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, and the SINR.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal is less than or equal to a preset threshold
  • the CSI also includes the RSRP of the first reference signal.
  • the SINR of the first reference signal is greater than a preset threshold, the RSRP of the first reference signal is not included in the CSI.
  • SINR can be obtained in the following ways:
  • Manner 1 SINR is obtained through the first reference signal and the second reference signal.
  • the signal is measured on the first reference signal
  • the interference is measured on the first reference signal and the second reference signal
  • the SINR is obtained according to the signal and interference.
  • the signal is measured on the first reference signal and the interference is measured on the second reference signal, and the SINR is obtained according to the signal and the interference.
  • SINR is obtained by measuring the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal; optionally, the signal is measured on the first reference signal, and the interference is measured on the second reference signal and the third reference signal To obtain SINR based on the signal and interference. Or, the signal is measured on the first reference signal, the interference is measured on the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal, and the SINR is obtained according to the signal and the interference.
  • the foregoing solution may also be described as taking the signal quality measured on the first reference signal as a signal, and using the signal quality measured on the second reference signal and the third reference signal as interference, and obtaining the SINR according to the signal and the interference.
  • the third reference signal is a reference signal different from the first reference signal and the second reference signal, and the terminal device does not need to report the resource index of the reference signal, such as zero-power CSI-RS or SSB.
  • the signal quality may be replaced with signal power, signal strength, signal energy, and so on.
  • Example 1 may also be used to obtain the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the CSI includes the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, the channel quality of the first reference signal, and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the method for acquiring the channel quality information of the first reference signal is the same as that in Example 2.
  • the channel quality of the second reference signal can be obtained in the following manner:
  • Manner 1 The channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained through the first reference signal and the second reference signal.
  • the signal is measured on the second reference signal
  • the interference is measured on the first reference signal and/or the second reference signal
  • the channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference.
  • Method 2 The second channel quality is obtained through the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal; optionally, the signal is measured on the second reference signal, and the first reference signal and the third reference signal are measured If interference is obtained, the channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference. Or the signal is measured on the second reference signal, the interference is measured on the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal, and the channel quality of the second reference signal is obtained according to the signal and the interference.
  • the foregoing solution can also be described as using the signal quality measured on the second reference signal as a signal, and using the signal quality measured on the first reference signal and the third reference signal as interference, and obtaining the second according to the signal and the interference The channel quality of the reference signal.
  • the third reference signal is a reference signal different from the first reference signal and the second reference signal, and the terminal device does not need to report the resource index of the reference signal, such as zero-power CSI-RS or SSB.
  • the signal quality may be replaced with signal power, signal strength, signal energy, and so on.
  • Example 1 or Example 2 may also be used to obtain the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • Example 4 The CSI includes the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the method for acquiring the channel quality of the first reference signal may be the same as the methods in the above example 1, example 2, and example 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • Example 5 The CSI includes the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the method for acquiring the channel quality of the first reference signal may be the same as the methods in the above example 1, example 2, and example 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device may receive multiple reference signals according to multiple reference signal resource sets configured by the network device, select one or more first reference signals from the multiple reference signals, and report the Channel state information of one or more first reference signals.
  • the number of channel state information of the first reference signal reported by the terminal device may be configured by the network device, may also be predefined by the protocol, or may be reported by the terminal device.
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may include one or more resource indexes of the second reference signal.
  • the number of resources of the second reference signal corresponding to each first reference signal reported may be configured by a network device, may also be predefined by a protocol, or may be reported by a terminal device.
  • the transmitted channel state information may include a resource index of a first reference signal, a resource index of a second reference signal, and channel quality information of a first reference signal; or, the transmitted channel state information may include One first reference signal resource index, two second reference signal resource indexes, and one first reference signal channel quality information.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be the resource index of the reference signal as a signal (or non-interference)
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may be the resource index of the reference signal as interference. This application does not limit the number of resource indexes of the second reference signal.
  • the zero-power CSI-RS may be replaced with CSI-IM.
  • the zero-power CSI-RS can also be called CSI-IM, or can also be called non-NZP CSI-RS.
  • the terminal device may receive multiple reference signals according to multiple reference signal resource sets configured by the network device, select one or more first reference signals from the multiple reference signals, and report the Channel state information of one or more first reference signals.
  • the number of first reference signals reported by the terminal device and the number of channel state information corresponding to the first reference signal may be configured by the network device, may also be predefined by the protocol, or may be reported by the terminal device .
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may include one or more resource indexes of the second reference signal.
  • the number of resources of the second reference signal corresponding to each first reference signal reported may be configured by a network device, may also be predefined by a protocol, or may be reported by a terminal device.
  • the transmitted channel state information may include a resource index of a first reference signal, a resource index of a second reference signal, and channel quality information of a first reference signal; or, the transmitted channel state information may include One first reference signal resource index, two second reference signal resource indexes, and one first reference signal channel quality information.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be the resource index of the reference signal as a signal (or non-interference)
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may be the resource index of the reference signal as interference. This application does not limit the number of resource indexes of the second reference signal.
  • the above channel quality information of the first reference signal may be the SINR of the first reference signal, or may be the SINR of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal. Whether the channel quality of the first reference signal reported by the terminal includes the RSRP of the first reference signal is determined by the SINR of the first reference signal. For example, when the SINR of the first reference signal is greater than the preset threshold, the channel quality information of the first reference signal includes only the SINR of the first reference signal; when the SINR of the first reference signal is less than or equal to the preset threshold, the first reference The channel quality information of the signal includes the SINR of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal.
  • the reference signals corresponding to the resource index of the first reference signal and the resource index of the second reference signal are reference signals simultaneously received by the terminal device and simultaneously sent by the network device.
  • the content reported by the terminal device includes the third part content and the fourth part content.
  • the third part content is a reference signal resource index and SINR
  • the fourth part content is RSRP
  • the content of the third part is the reference signal resource index and the SINR
  • the content of the fourth part is empty. That is, the content reported by the terminal device includes only the third part of the content.
  • the third part and the fourth part are coded separately.
  • independent coding and separate coding have the same concept, mainly referring to that the content of the two parts can enter the encoder separately and obtain the encoded bits, and the coding of the two parts can use different code rates, Can be decoded separately.
  • whether to report the content of the fourth part depends on the SINR in the content of the third part. For example, when the SINR is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, the content reported by the terminal device is the third part and the fourth part (that is, the content reported by the terminal device is the reference signal resource index, SINR, and RSRP); when the SINR is greater than the channel When the threshold is exceeded, the content reported by the terminal device is only the third part (that is, the content reported by the terminal device is the reference signal resource index and SINR).
  • the terminal device may send the CSI content of the first reference signal.
  • the network device After receiving the content reported by the terminal device, the network device obtains the fourth part of the content according to the third part of the content.
  • the third part content and the fourth part content are independently encoded, the third part content may be decoded, and then the fourth part content may be decoded according to the third part content.
  • the network device when the SINR is small, the network device also needs to obtain RSRP information to know whether the current channel is weak in interference or weak in signal.
  • the network device can determine whether to obtain RSRP according to the relationship between the SINR and the channel quality threshold, so as to determine the content of the report. The method is more flexible and reduces the reporting overhead.
  • the above describes the reporting method when the terminal device reports the CSI of a reference signal.
  • the CSI reporting method of each reference signal can be follow the above method.
  • the terminal device reports the CSI of multiple reference signals
  • the contents of the CSI of the multiple reference signals are the same
  • the CSI of the multiple reference signals may be reported in a differential manner.
  • the terminal device may directly report differentially.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI of the two first reference signals, and the CSI of the two first reference signals are both SINR, where the two first reference signals are the first reference signal 1 and the first reference signal 2, the terminal device may report the SINR value and the SINR difference of the first reference signal 1, the SINR difference being the difference between the SINR value of the first reference signal 2 and the SINR value of the first reference signal 1.
  • the terminal device may perform differential reporting in groups, and the content types of the CSI of each group of the first reference signal are the same.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI of four first reference signals.
  • the four first reference signals are the first reference signal 1, the first reference signal 2, the first reference signal 3, and the first reference signal 4.
  • the CSI of the two first reference signals is SINR and RSRP
  • the CSI of the last two first reference signals is SINR
  • the terminal device may report the SINR value and RSRP value of the first reference signal 1 and the SINR difference and RSRP difference
  • the SINR value and the SINR difference of the first reference signal 3 is the difference between the RSRP value of the first reference signal 2 and the RSRP value of the first reference signal 1
  • the SINR difference described above is the first
  • the SINR difference described later is the difference between the SINR value of the first reference signal 4 and the SINR value of the first reference signal 3.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI of four first reference signals, the four first reference signals are the first reference signal 1, the first reference signal 2, the first reference signal 3, and the first reference signal 4, wherein, The CSI of the first two first reference signals is SINR, and the CSI of the last two first reference signals is SINR and RSRP, then the terminal device may report the SINR value of the first reference signal 1, the first reference signal 2 and the first reference signal The difference between the SINR value of 1, the difference between the SINR values of the first reference signal 3 and the first reference signal 1, and the difference between the SINR values of the first reference signal 4 and the first reference signal 1.
  • the terminal device may also report the RSRP value of the first reference signal 3, the difference between the first reference signal 4 and the RSRP value of the first reference signal 3, or the terminal device reports the RSRP value of the first reference signal 3 and the first reference signal 4 RSRP value.
  • the terminal device may also report the CSI of the first reference signal and the CSI of the second reference signal.
  • the network device may report the first The SINR value of the reference signal and the difference between the SINR value of the second reference signal and the SINR value of the first reference signal.
  • the value range of the difference between the two SINR values is generally smaller than the value range of the SINR value, and a smaller number of bits can be used to represent the SINR value of the second reference signal. Therefore, reporting the CSI of multiple reference signals by differential reporting can reduce the amount of reported data.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal are reference signals that the terminal device can receive simultaneously.
  • the time unit may be one or more radio frames, one or more subframes, one or more time slots defined in a long term evolution (LTE) system or a 5G new radio (NR) system.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR 5G new radio
  • mini-slots one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or a time window composed of multiple frames or subframes, such as system information ( system (information, SI) window.
  • SI system information
  • the following embodiments take the reference signal received simultaneously as the reference signal received on one or more OFDM symbols as an example for description, which is not limited in this application.
  • N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal device reports the resource index of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the first reference signal is a non-interfering signal.
  • the terminal device may also report the resource index of the second reference signal.
  • the second reference signal may be an interference signal used to measure the channel quality (SINR) of the first reference signal.
  • one first reference signal may correspond to a resource index of one second reference signal, or one first reference signal may correspond to a resource index of multiple second reference signals.
  • the encoding and mapping methods for the bits of the reported content can be as follows:
  • mapping order of channel state information is as follows:
  • Method 1 Map in the order of content of reference signals: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals (optional) -> channel quality of first reference signal -> second reference signal Channel quality (optional). All reference signal resource indexes refer to all reference signal indexes in the reported CSI of the N reference signals.
  • Method 2 Map in the order of reference signal groups: resource index of the first group of first reference signals -> resource index of the first group of second reference signals (optional) ->...-> of the N group of first reference signals Resource index -> Resource index of the Nth group of second reference signals (optionally) -> Channel quality of the first group of first reference signals -> Channel quality of the first group of second reference signals (optionally) -> ...->Channel quality of the Nth group first reference signal->Channel quality of the Nth group second reference signal (optional).
  • One of the reference signal groups refers to the channel status information of a first reference signal (the resource index of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the first reference signal), and may also include a second reference signal that calculates the channel quality of the first reference signal Channel state information (the resource index of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal). This calculation method has been described above and will not be repeated here.
  • the channel quality of the reference signal in the channel state information can be reported in the following two ways:
  • the difference in channel quality within a reference signal group is the difference in channel quality within a reference signal group.
  • a reference signal group may refer to channel state information of a first reference signal (resource index of the first reference signal and channel quality of the first reference signal), and may also include a second method of calculating the channel quality of the first reference signal
  • the channel state information of the reference signal (the resource index of the second reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal). If the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal are included in the one reference signal group, the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal are reported differentially. For example, the channel quality of the second reference signal is reported using a differential value with reference to the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the terminal device reports the channel quality of the first reference signal and the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the channel quality as the reference value may be a maximum value, a minimum value, or an average value among the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the channel quality of reference signals of the same type differs.
  • the channel quality of the N first reference signals is reported differentially. If the channel state information of the second reference signal is also included, the channel quality of the N second reference signals is reported differentially.
  • the channel quality of the 2nd to Nth first reference signals is reported using a differential value with reference to the channel quality of the 1st first reference signal. That is, the terminal device reports the channel quality of the first first reference signal and the difference between the channel quality of the second to N first reference signals and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the channel quality of the first first reference signal is the maximum value, or the minimum value, or the average value among the channel quality of the first to N-th first reference signals.
  • the reporting method of the second reference signal uses the same reporting method as the channel quality information of the first reference signal, which will not be repeated here.
  • the channel quality information of the reference signals whose content is SINR is reported differentially.
  • the channel quality whose content is SINR it is necessary to report a reference channel quality information and multiple differential channel quality information.
  • two reference channel qualities corresponding to SINR and RSRP, respectively
  • one or more differential channel qualities need to be reported. If the channel quality of N second reference signals needs to be reported, the same method can be used, or the difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal with the same channel quality content can be reported as one reference channel quality and multiple differential channels quality.
  • Method c can also be combined with method a or method b.
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, and then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped.
  • Manner 2 the resource index of the first reference signal 1->the channel quality of the first reference signal 1->...->the resource index of the first reference signal N->the channel quality of the first reference signal N. That is, each channel state is sequentially mapped. For example, first map the resource index and channel quality of the first reference signal corresponding to the first channel state, then map the resource index and channel quality of the first reference signal corresponding to the second channel state, and then map other channel states in order.
  • Mode 1 is shown in Table 37
  • Mode 2 is shown in Table 38
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be SINR and RSRP
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be SINR.
  • Differential reporting is only applicable to CSI of the same content type.
  • differential reporting can be grouped. For brevity, only one example is given below. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • the mode is: resource index of all first reference signals->channel quality of first reference signal 1 ->channel quality of differential first reference signal 2 ->...->channel quality of differential first reference signal N. That is, first map all resource indexes of the first reference signal, then map the channel quality of the first reference signal 1, then map the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal 2 and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1, and finally map the first The difference between the channel quality of a reference signal N and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1. As shown in Table 39.
  • the terminal device determines the content of CSI according to the relationship between the channel quality of each first reference signal and the channel quality threshold, and those skilled in the art can obtain based on other circumstances without creative efforts.
  • Channel quality reporting method Other cases are, for example, that the terminal device determines the content of the CSI based on the magnitude relationship between the equivalent channel quality of the multiple first reference signals and the channel quality threshold. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, and then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped, where the content of the channel quality of different first reference signals may be different. As shown in Table 40.
  • aspect 2 and aspect 3 can obtain the encoding manner shown in Table 12.
  • i is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than N.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> channel quality of the first group of first reference signals -> channel quality of the second group of first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the channel quality of a group of first reference signals with the same channel quality content type is mapped, and then the channel quality of another group of first reference signals with the same channel quality content is mapped, where The channel quality of the first reference signal in the same group is reported in a differential manner. As shown in Table 41.
  • the terminal device reports the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, and the channel quality of the first reference signal.
  • the first reference signal is a non-interfering signal
  • the second reference signal is an interfering signal.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 the resource index of all first reference signals->the resource index of all second reference signals->the channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, and finally the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 42.
  • Method 2 the resource index of the first reference signal 1->the resource index of the second reference signal 1->the channel quality of the first reference signal 1->...->the resource index of the first reference signal N->the second reference
  • the resource index of the signal N->the channel quality N of the first reference signal is sequentially mapped. For example, first map the resource index of the first reference signal corresponding to the first channel state, the second reference signal index, and the channel quality of the first reference signal, and then map the resource index of the first reference signal corresponding to the second channel state, the first The second reference signal index and the channel quality of the first reference signal are mapped to other channel states in sequence. As shown in Table 43.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be RSRP or SINR.
  • Differential reporting is only applicable to the same type of CSI.
  • differential reporting can be grouped. For brevity, only one example is given below. The difference can be in the following ways:
  • Method 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of first reference signal 1 -> channel quality of differential first reference signal 2 ->...-> differential The channel quality of the first reference signal N. That is, first map resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map channel quality of first reference signal 1, then map channel quality of first reference signal 2 and first reference signal The difference of the channel quality of 1, and finally the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal N and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1 is mapped.
  • the terminal device determines the content of CSI according to the relationship between the channel quality of each first reference signal and the channel quality threshold, and those skilled in the art can obtain based on other circumstances without creative efforts.
  • Channel quality reporting method Other cases are, for example, that the terminal device determines the content of the CSI based on the magnitude relationship between the equivalent channel quality of multiple first reference signals and the channel quality threshold. For example, there may be the following mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Manner 1 the resource index of all first reference signals->the resource index of all second reference signals->the channel quality of all first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, and then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped, where the content of the channel quality of different first reference signals may be different . As shown in Table 45.
  • aspect 5 can obtain the coding manner shown in Table 46.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • the mode is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of the first group of first reference signals -> channel quality of the second group of first reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, then the channel quality of a group of first reference signals with the same channel quality content is mapped, and then another channel with the same channel quality content is mapped.
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal of the group, wherein the channel quality of the first reference signal of the same group is reported in a differential manner. As shown in Table 46.
  • the terminal device reports the resource index of the first reference signal, the resource index of the second reference signal, the channel quality of the first reference signal, and the channel quality of the second reference signal.
  • the resource of the first reference signal is CMR and the resource of the second reference signal is CMR, that is to say, the first reference signal and the second reference signal in the reporting method are interference signals with each other.
  • mapping method when encoding bits, or the information may be reported in the following order:
  • Mode 1 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all second reference signals. That is, the resource indexes of all first reference signals are mapped first, then the resource indexes of all second reference signals are mapped, then the channel quality of all first reference signals is mapped, and finally the channel quality of all second reference signals is mapped. As shown in Table 47.
  • Method 2 the resource index of the first reference signal 1->the resource index of the second reference signal 1->the channel quality of the first reference signal 1->the channel quality of the second reference signal 1->...->the first reference
  • the resource index of a reference signal, the index of the second reference signal, the channel quality of the first reference signal and the channel quality of the second reference signal are sequentially mapped to other channel states in sequence. As shown in Table 48.
  • the resource index of the first reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the resource index of the second reference signal may be CRI or SSBRI
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be SINR and RSRP
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal may be SINR
  • the channel quality of the second reference signal may be RSRP or SINR.
  • Differential reporting is only applicable to CSI of the same content.
  • differential reporting can be grouped. For brevity, only one example is given below.
  • the coding scheme shown in Table 49 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of first reference signal 1 -> channel quality of differential first reference signal 2- >...->channel quality of the differential first reference signal N->channel quality of the second reference signal 1->channel quality of the differential second reference signal 2->...->channel of the differential second reference signal N quality.
  • first map resource indexes of all first reference signals then map resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map channel quality of first reference signal 1, then map channel quality of first reference signal 2 and first reference signal
  • the difference in channel quality of 1 then the difference between the channel quality of the first reference signal N and the channel quality of the first reference signal 1, the second channel quality of the second reference signal 1, the second reference signal 2
  • the difference between the channel quality and the channel quality of the second reference signal 1 and then the difference between the channel quality of the second reference signal N and the channel quality of the second reference signal 1 is mapped.
  • the terminal device determines the content of CSI according to the relationship between the channel quality of each first reference signal and the channel quality threshold, and those skilled in the art can obtain based on other circumstances without creative efforts.
  • Channel quality reporting method Other cases are, for example, that the terminal device determines the content of the CSI based on the magnitude relationship between the equivalent channel quality of the multiple first reference signals and the channel quality threshold.
  • the coding method of Table 50 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of all first reference signals -> channel quality of all second reference signals. That is, first map the resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map the resource indexes of all second reference signals, then map the channel quality of all first reference signals, and then map the channel quality of all second reference signals, where the different The content type of the channel quality of the first reference signal may be different, and the content type of the channel quality of the different second reference signal may be different or the same.
  • the coding mode of Table 51 is: resource index of all first reference signals -> resource index of all second reference signals -> channel quality of the first group of first reference signals -> channel quality of the second group of first reference signals- >Channel quality of the first set of second reference signals->Channel quality of the second set of second reference signals. That is, first map the resource indexes of all first reference signals, then map the resource indexes of all second reference signals, then map the channel quality of a group of first reference signals of the same channel quality type, and then map the other channel quality content types.
  • the channel quality of a group of first reference signals is remapped to the channel quality of a group of second reference signals of the same channel quality content type, and the channel quality of another group of second reference signals of the same channel quality content type is remapped, wherein, the same
  • the channel quality of the first reference signal of the group is reported in a differential manner
  • the channel quality of the second reference signal of the same group is reported in a differential manner.
  • the network device sends the configuration information to the terminal device that contains the "group-based beam reporting (group based beam reporting)" field, and the above tables are all "group-based beam reporting (group based beam reporting).
  • the state of the ")" field is the reporting mode when it is in the disabled state, that is, N first reference signals are used as a group of reference signals, and the terminal device only considers the channel quality of each first reference signal when reporting CSI.
  • the terminal device needs to consider the channel quality of a group of reference signals when reporting CSI, for example, as long as the group of reference signals has a reference
  • the channel quality of the signal is less than the channel quality threshold, or, as long as the equivalent reference signal quality of the group of reference signals is less than the channel quality threshold
  • the CSI content of the group of reference signals reported by the terminal device is all SINR and RSRP, or the terminal device reports Among the CSI contents of the set of reference signals, the CSI contents of one reference signal are SINR and RSRP, and the CSI contents of other reference signals are RSRP.
  • a group of reference signals includes reference signal #1 and reference signal #2, then the terminal device reports the SINR and RSRP of reference signal #1, and the RSRP of reference signal #2.
  • the SINR of which reference signal is reported by the terminal device may be determined by the terminal device according to its measurement result, or the protocol is predefined, or the network device configuration.
  • the terminal device when the state of the "group-based beam report" field is enabled, the terminal device needs to consider the channel quality of a group of reference signals when reporting CSI.
  • the terminal device can use this
  • the reference signal #x with the largest RSRP in the group of reference signals is used as a signal, and the other reference signals in the group of reference signals are used as interference, and the SINR is obtained and reported.
  • the terminal device reports the SINR and RSRP of the reference signal #x, and when the SINR is greater than the channel quality threshold, the terminal device reports the SINR of the reference signal #x.
  • the terminal device when the state of the "group-based beam report" field is enabled, the terminal device needs to consider the channel quality of a group of reference signals when reporting the CSI.
  • the terminal device can One reference signal #x in the group of reference signals is used as a signal, and the other reference signals in the group of reference signals are used as interference to obtain SINR. If the group of reference signals includes N reference signals, the terminal device obtains 4 SINRs and reports them.
  • the terminal device reports the group of SINRs, the SINR values are reported in order from the largest to the smallest (or the smallest to the largest) Report sequentially).
  • the terminal device when the SINR of a reference signal is less than or equal to the channel quality threshold, the terminal device reports the SINR and RSRP of the reference signal, and when the SINR of a reference signal is greater than the channel quality threshold, the terminal device reports the reference signal SINR.
  • the above mainly describes the communication method provided by the present application from the perspective of a terminal device.
  • the processing procedure of the network device has a corresponding relationship with the processing procedure of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives information from the network device, which means that the network device sends the information ;
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device, meaning that the network device receives the information from the terminal device. Therefore, even if the processing procedure of the network device is not explicitly stated in the individual places above, those skilled in the art can clearly understand the processing procedure of the network device based on the processing procedure of the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the present application may divide the functional unit of the communication device according to the above method example.
  • each function may be divided into various functional units, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function unit. It should be noted that the division of the units in this application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • the communication device 300 may be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 300 may be a chip, a network device, or a terminal device.
  • the communication device 300 includes one or more processors 301, and the one or more processors 301 may support the communication device 300 to implement the method in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG.
  • the processor 301 may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor.
  • the processor 301 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication data (for example, the instruction information and channel state information described above), and the CPU can be used to control the communication device (for example, network device, terminal device, or chip), and execute a software program. Process data from software programs.
  • the communication device 300 may further include a transceiving unit 305 for inputting (receiving) and outputting (transmitting) signals.
  • the communication device 300 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 305 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 305 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may serve as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication Components of the device.
  • the communication device 300 may include one or more memories 302 on which the program 304 is stored.
  • the program 304 may be executed by the processor 301 to generate instructions 303, so that the processor 301 executes the method described in the above method embodiments according to the instructions 303.
  • the memory 302 may also store data.
  • the processor 301 can also read data stored in the memory 302 (for example, channel state information), the data can be stored at the same storage address as the program 304, or the data can be stored in a different storage than the program 304 address.
  • the processor 301 and the memory 302 may be provided separately, or may be integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system-on-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-chip
  • the communication device 300 may further include a transceiver unit 305 and an antenna 306.
  • the transceiver unit 305 may be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device through the antenna 306.
  • the processor 301 is used to send indication information and channel state information to the terminal device through the transceiver unit 305 and the antenna 306. In another possible design, the processor 301 is used to receive indication information and channel state information from the network device through the transceiver unit 305 and the antenna 306.
  • the processor 301 may be a CPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices For example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices or discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the present application also provides a computer program product which, when executed by the processor 301, implements the communication method described in any method embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product may be stored in the memory 302, for example, the program 304, and the program 304 is finally converted into an executable object file that can be executed by the processor 301 after preprocessing, compiling, assembling, and linking.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, which when executed by a computer implements the communication method described in any of the method embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program may be a high-level language program or an executable target program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is, for example, the memory 302.
  • the memory 302 may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or the memory 302 may include both a volatile memory and a non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically Erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct RAMbus RAM direct RAMbus RAM
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • the terminal device 400 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to implement the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 shows only the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 400 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and input/output devices.
  • the processor is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, and for controlling the entire terminal device. For example, the processor sends indication information and channel state information through the antenna and the control circuit.
  • the memory is mainly used to store programs and data, such as storing communication protocols and data to be sent.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the control circuit and the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the input and output device is, for example, a touch screen or a keyboard, and is mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
  • the processor can read the program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions contained in the program, and process the data in the program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the information to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit processes the baseband signal after radio frequency processing to obtain the radio frequency signal, and passes the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves Send outside.
  • the electromagnetic wave carrying information ie, radio frequency signal
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into information And process the information.
  • FIG. 4 only shows one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the processor in FIG. 4 may integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the CPU.
  • the baseband processor and the CPU can also be separate processors, which can be achieved through a bus or other technologies. interconnected.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple CPUs to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be called a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the CPU may also be called a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the memory in the form of a program, and the processor executes the program in the memory to realize the baseband processing function.
  • an antenna and a control circuit with a transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit 401 of the terminal device 400, which is used to support the terminal device to implement the receiving function in the method embodiment, or to support the terminal device to implement the method embodiment Send function in.
  • the processor with a processing function is regarded as the processing unit 402 of the terminal device 400.
  • the terminal device 400 includes a transceiver unit 401 and a processing unit 402.
  • the transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, or the like.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 401 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the sending function in the transceiver unit 401 can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 401 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit,
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processor 402 may be used to execute a program stored in the memory to control the transceiver unit 401 to receive signals and/or send signals to complete the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the function of the transceiver unit 401 can be considered to be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated transceiver chip.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by the present application.
  • the network device may be, for example, a base station.
  • the base station can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to implement the functions of the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the base station 500 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 501 and at least one baseband unit (BBU) 502.
  • the BBU 502 may include a distributed unit (distributed unit (DU)), and may also include a DU and a centralized unit (CU).
  • DU distributed unit
  • CU centralized unit
  • the RRU501 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, and it may include at least one antenna 5011 and a radio frequency unit 5012.
  • the RRU501 is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for supporting the base station to implement the transmission function and the reception function in the method embodiment.
  • BBU502 is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • RRU501 and BBU502 can be physically set together, or can be set separately, that is, distributed base stations.
  • BBU502 can also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum and so on.
  • the BBU 502 can be used to control the base station to perform the operation flow on the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the BBU502 can be composed of one or more boards, and multiple boards can jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (for example, a long term evolution (LTE) network), and can also support different access standards separately. Wireless access network (such as LTE network and NR network).
  • the BBU 502 also includes a memory 5021 and a processor 5022.
  • the memory 5021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 5021 stores the instruction information in the above method embodiment.
  • the processor 5022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation flow in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 5021 and the processor 5022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, each board can also be provided with necessary circuits.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, some features of the method embodiments described above can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic. The division of units is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. Multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system.
  • the coupling between the units or the coupling between the components may be direct coupling or indirect coupling.
  • the coupling includes electrical, mechanical, or other forms of connection.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and inherent logic, and should not be applied to the embodiments of this application
  • the implementation process constitutes no limitation.
  • system and “network” are often used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is just an association relationship that describes the related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, separate There are three cases of B.
  • the character “/” in this article generally indicates that the related objects before and after it are in an “or” relationship.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种发送信道状态信息的方法，包括：根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型；发送指示信息和与所述类型对应的信道状态信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述类型。终端设备基于不同的信道质量上报不同类型的信道状态信息，无需上报全部类型的信道状态信息，减小了上报的信息量，从而减小了空口资源的开销。

Description

发送信道状态信息的方法和装置
本申请要求于2019年1月11日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910028458.0、申请名称为“发送信道状态信息的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
本申请要求于2019年6月17日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910523571.6、申请名称为“发送信道状态信息的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，尤其涉及一种发送信道状态信息的方法和装置和一种处理信道状态信息的方法和装置。
背景技术
第五代(5 th generation，5G)移动通信系统引入了多波束(multi-beam)传输的通信方式，码字经过层映射处理后得到多层并行的数据，不同层的数据使用不同的波束发送，从而获得了更好的空间复用效果。
然而，不同层的数据同时传输可能导致多个波束之间互相干扰，网络设备需要确定终端设备上报波束的信道质量测量结果，以便于网络设备根据信道质量测量结果确定是否同时传输多个波束。
由于信道质量的好坏与多种因素相关，例如，发射波束的方向未对准接收端以及多个发射波束之间的互相干扰都会导致信道质量变差，因此，终端设备需要上报多个信道质量信息，从而占用了较大的信息量开销。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种发送信道状态信息的方法，基于信道质量确定信道状态信息的类型，并通过指示信息指示信道状态信息的类型，减少了上报的信道状态信息的数量。
第一方面，本申请提供了一种发送信道状态信息的方法，包括：根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型；发送指示信息和与所述类型对应的信道状态信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述类型。
终端设备基于不同的信道质量上报不同类型的信道状态信息，无需上报全部类型的信道状态信息，减小了上报的信息量，从而减小了空口资源的开销。
可选地，根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型，包括：当第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为参考信号接收功率RSRP。
当信道质量较差时，可能是由于有用信号(即，非干扰信号)强度较弱，或者是干扰 信号的强度较大造成的，此时若终端设备仅反馈信道质量信息，此时网络设备并不知道当前信道质量较差是什么原因造成的。因此，本发明实施例在信道质量较差时，终端设备反馈信号功率信息，如RSRP。一方面当信号功率较高时，网络可根据该信号功率较高的参考信号发送数据，相比与根据多个参考信号发送数据可以获得更好的系统性能。也即，此时终端设备推荐网络设备采用单波束发送数据，该单波束发送数据的性能好于多波束发送数据的性能。另一方面当信号功率较低时，网络设备可以考虑根据其他的参考信号发送数据，及时更新波束方向，提高系统性能。
可选地，根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型，包括：当第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
当信道质量较好时，终端设备推荐网络数据调度数据时可以根据该多个参考信号发送数据，也即使用当前多个参考信号对应的波束传输数据，提高系统性能，获得更好的空分复用效果，或获得更好的系统鲁棒性(例如，可以是超可靠低时延(ultra-reliable low latency communications，URLLC)场景下，多个波束发送相同的数据提高数据传输可靠性)。因此，本发明在信道质量较好时，终端设备反馈信道质量信息，如SINR。
可选地，当所述类型为RSRP时，指示信息为第一指示信息，第一指示信息为一个参考信号资源索引，或者，第一指示信息为多个相同的参考信号资源索引。
通过参考信号的资源索引指示信道状态信息的类型，无需新增比特位，减小了上报的数据量。
可选地，当所述类型为所述SINR时，指示信息为第二指示信息，第二指示信息为多个参考信号资源索引，或者，第二指示信息为多个不同的参考信号资源索引。
通过参考信号的资源索引指示信道状态信息的类型，无需新增比特位，减小了上报的数据量。
可选地，所述方法还包括：发送第二参考信号的信道状态信息，所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为所述第二参考信号的信道质量与所述第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型与所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的类型相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，所述指示信息与所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息独立编码。
独立编码可以提高资源映射时的灵活性。
第二方面，本申请提供了一种处理信道信息的方法，包括：接收指示信息和第一参考信号的信道状态信息，其中，指示信息用于指示信道状态信息的类型；根据指示信息确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型。
网络设备可以基于指示信息确定终端设备上报的信道状态信息的类型，由于终端设备上报的信道状态信息的类型与信道质量存在关联关系，因此，终端设备无需上报全部类型的信道状态信息，减小了上报的信息量，从而减小了空口资源的开销。
可选地，根据指示信息确定第一参考信号的状态信息的类型，包括：当指示信息为第 一指示信息时，确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为参考信号接收功率RSRP；或者，当指示信息为第二指示信息时，确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
当信道质量较差时，可能是由于有用信号(即，非干扰信号)强度较弱，或者是干扰信号的强度较大造成的，此时若终端设备仅反馈信道质量信息，此时网络设备并不知道当前信道质量较差是什么原因造成的。因此，本发明实施例在信道质量较差时，终端设备反馈信号功率信息，如RSRP。当信道质量较好时，终端设备推荐网络数据调度数据时可以根据该多个参考信号发送数据，也即使用当前多个参考信号对应的波束传输数据，提高系统性能，获得更好的空分复用效果，或获得更好的系统鲁棒性(例如，可以是URLLC场景下，多个波束发送相同的数据提高数据传输可靠性)。因此，本发明实施例在信道质量较好时，终端设备反馈信道质量信息，如SINR。
可选地，所述第一指示信息为一个参考信号资源索引，所述第二指示信息为多个参考信号资源索引。
通过参考信号的资源索引指示信道状态信息的类型，无需新增比特位，减小了上报的数据量。
可选地，所述第一指示信息为多个相同的参考信号资源索引，所述第二指示信息为多个不同的参考信号资源索引。
通过参考信号的资源索引指示信道状态信息的类型，无需新增比特位，减小了上报的数据量。
可选地，所述方法还包括：接收第二参考信号的信道状态信息，所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为所述第二参考信号的信道质量与所述第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型与所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的类型相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，所述指示信息与所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息独立编码。
独立编码可以提高资源映射时的灵活性。
第三方面，本申请提供了一种通信装置，包括处理单元和收发单元，其中，处理单元用于：根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型；该发送单元用于：发送指示信息和与该类型对应的信道状态信息，该指示信息用于指示该类型。
可选地，该处理单元具体用于：当该第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为参考信号接收功率RSRP。
可选地，该处理单元具体用于：当该第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
可选地，当该类型为RSRP时，该指示信息为第一指示信息，该第一指示信息为一个参考信号资源索引，或者，该第一指示信息为多个相同的参考信号资源索引。
可选地，当该类型为所述SINR时，该指示信息为第二指示信息，该第二指示信息为多个参考信号资源索引，或者，该第二指示信息为多个不同的参考信号资源索引。
可选地，该发送单元还用于：发送第二参考信号的信道状态信息，该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为该第二参考信号的信道质量与该第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型与该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的类型相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，该指示信息与该第一参考信号的信道状态信息独立编码。
该装置可以实现上述第一方面所涉及的方法所对应的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，该装置包括处理器，该处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第一方面所涉及的方法。该装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存有程序和数据。可选地，该装置还包括收发器，该收发器用于支持该装置与网络设备之间的通信。其中，所述收发器可以包括独立的接收器和独立的发射器，或者，所述收发器可以包括集成收发功能的电路。
第四方面，本申请提供了另一种通信装置，包括收发单元和处理单元，所述接收单元用于：接收指示信息和第一参考信号的信道状态信息，其中，该指示信息用于指示该信道状态信息的类型；该处理单元用于：根据该指示信息确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型。
可选地，该处理单元具体用于：当该指示信息为第一指示信息时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为参考信号接收功率RSRP；或者，当该指示信息为第二指示信息时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
可选地，该第一指示信息为一个参考信号资源索引，该第二指示信息为多个参考信号资源索引。
可选地，该第一指示信息为多个相同的参考信号资源索引，该第二指示信息为多个不同的参考信号资源索引。
可选地，该接收单元还用于：接收第二参考信号的信道状态信息，该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为该第二参考信号的信道质量与该第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型与该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的类型相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，该指示信息与该第一参考信号的信道状态信息独立编码。
该装置可以实现上述第二方面所涉及的方法所对应的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，该装置包括处理器，该处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第二方面所涉及的方法。该装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存有程序和数据。可选地，该装置还包括收发器，该收发器用于支持该装置与终端设备之间的 通信。其中，所述收发器可以包括独立的接收器和独立的发射器，或者，所述收发器可以包括集成收发功能的电路。
第五方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时，使得处理器执行第一方面所述的方法。
第六方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时，使得处理器执行第二方面所述的方法。
第七方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码被处理器运行时，使得处理器执行第一方面所述的方法。
第八方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码被处理器运行时，使得处理器执行第二方面所述的方法。
第九方面，本申请提供了一种处理信道信息的方法，包括：根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容；发送该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容。
可选地，该第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
可选地，该根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容，包括：当第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR和参考信号接收功率RSRP。
可选地，该根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容，包括：当第一参考信号的SINR大于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR。
可选地，该方法还包括：发送第二参考信号的信道状态信息，该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为该第二参考信号的信道质量与该第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容类型与该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的内容类型相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，第一参考信号的SINR和第一参考信号的RSRP独立编码。
独立编码可以提高资源映射时的灵活性。
第十方面，本申请提供了一种处理信道信息的方法，包括：接收第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容，其中，第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容由第一参考信号的信道质量确定。
可选地，第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
可选地，当该第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR和RSRP。
可选地，当该第一参考信号的SINR大于或等于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR。
可选地，该方法还包括：接收第二参考信号的信道状态信息，该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为该第二参考信号的信道质量与该第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容类型与该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的内容类型相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，该第一参考信号的SINR和该第一参考信号的RSRP独立编码。
第十一方面，本申请提供了一种通信装置，包括处理单元和发送单元，该处理单元用于：根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容；该发送单元用于：发送该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容。
可选地，该第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
可选地，该处理单元具体用于：当该第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR和参考信号接收功率RSRP。
可选地，该处理单元具体用于：当该第一参考信号的SINR大于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR。
可选地，该发送单元还用于：发送第二参考信号的信道状态信息，该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为该第二参考信号的信道质量与该第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容类型与该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的内容类型相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，所述第一参考信号的SINR和所述第一参考信号的RSRP独立编码。
该装置可以实现上述第九方面所涉及的方法所对应的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，该装置包括处理器，该处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第九方面所涉及的方法。该装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存有程序和数据。可选地，该装置还包括收发器，该收发器用于支持该装置与网络设备之间的通信。其中，所述收发器可以包括独立的接收器和独立的发射器，或者，所述收发器可以包括集成收发功能的电路。
第十二方面，本申请提供了一种通信装置，包括收发单元，该收发单元用于：接收第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容，其中，该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容由该第一参考信号的信道质量确定。
可选地，该第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
可选地，当该第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR和RSRP。
可选地，当该第一参考信号的SINR大于或等于信道质量门限时，确定该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR。
可选地，收发单元还具体用于：接收第二参考信号的信道状态信息，该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为该第二参考信号的信道质量与该第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，该第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容与该第二参考信号的信道状态信息的内容相同。
两个信道质量值的差值的取值范围通常小于一个信道质量值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的信道质量值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的信道状态信息能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，该第一参考信号的SINR和该第一参考信号的RSRP独立编码。
该装置可以实现上述第十方面所涉及的方法所对应的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，该装置包括处理器，该处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第十方面所涉及的方法。该装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存有程序和数据。可选地，该装置还包括收发器，该收发器用于支持该装置与终端设备之间的通信。其中，所述收发器可以包括独立的接收器和独立的发射器，或者，所述收发器可以包括集成收发功能的电路。
第十三方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时，使得处理器执行第九方面所述的方法。
第十四方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时，使得处理器执行第十方面所述的方法。
第十五方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码被处理器运行时，使得处理器执行第九方面所述的方法。
第十六方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码被处理器运行时，使得处理器执行第十方面所述的方法。
附图说明
图1是一种适用于本申请的通信系统的示意图；
图2A是本申请提供的一种发送信道状态信息的方法的示意图；
图2B是本申请实施例提供的另一种发送信道状态信息的方法的示意图；
图3是本申请提供的一种通信装置的示意图；
图4是本申请提供的一种终端设备的示意图；
图5是本申请提供的一种网络设备的示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
首先介绍本申请的应用场景，图1是一种适用于本申请的通信系统的示意图。通信系统100包括网络设备110和终端设备120。终端设备120通过电磁波与网络设备110进行通信。
终端设备120可以同时接收多个传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)发送的信号，从该多个TRP中选择信道质量较好的TRP，并上报将该TRP对应的参考信号，推荐通信系统100使用该TRP进行传输。该多个TRP可以是同一个网络设备的TRP，也可以是不同网络设备的TRP。
终端设备120还可以从单个TRP发射的多个波束中选择信道质量较好的波束，该TRP 例如是网络设备110的TRP，终端设备120将该波束对应的参考信号上报给网络设备120，以便于网络设备120使用该参考信号对应的波束传输下行数据。
在本申请中，终端设备120可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备，例如，符合第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd generation partnership project，3GPP)标准的用户设备(user equipment，UE)，移动台(mobile station，MS)，软终端，家庭网关，机顶盒等等。
网络设备110可以是符合3GPP标准的基站，例如，5G通信系统中的基站(gNB)。网络设备110也可以是非3GPP(non-3GPP)的接入网设备，例如接入网关(access gateway，AGF)。网络设备还可以是中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及其它类型的设备。
通信系统100仅是举例说明，适用本申请的通信系统不限于此，例如，通信系统100中包含的网络设备和终端设备的数量还可以是其它的数量。
网络设备110和终端设备120可以使用不同种类的参考信号以完成数据传输，其中，一种参考信号用于信道状态或信道质量的测量，以便于网络设备110根据当前的信道状态或者信道质量调度终端设备120使用的传输资源，通过信道质量较好的信道传输数据。
例如，终端设备120可以从网络设备110接收信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)，并对CSI-RS的信道质量进行测量，得到信道状态信息(channel state information，CSI)。
CSI-RS分为两种类型，一种是零功率(zero power，ZP)CSI-RS，用于干扰测量；另一种是非零功率(non-zero power，NZP)CSI-RS，用于信道状态测量和信道估计。在5G移动通信系统中，NZP CSI-RS还可以用于干扰测量以及层1(layer 1，L1)的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power，RSRP)的测量，其中，可选地，L1-RSRP用于确定L1的信号干扰噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio，SINR)，以便于网络设备110和终端设备120根据波束对应的L1-SINR从多个波束中选出信道质量较好的波束。
CSI可以包括信道质量指示(channel quality indicator，CQI)、预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator，PMI)、CSI-RS资源指示(CSI-RS resource indicator，CRI)、同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block，SSB)资源指示(SSB resource indicator，SSBRI)、层指示(layer indicator，LI)、秩指示(rank indicator，RI)、L1-RSRP和L1-SINR中的至少一种。CSI可由终端设备120通过物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)或物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)发送给网络设备110。
网络设备110可以通过高层信令(CSI-ReportConfig)为终端设备120配置至少一种CSI上报配置，并且，通过高层信令(CSI-ResourceConfig)为终端设备120配置至少一种CSI-RS资源配置，其中，CSI上报配置用于指示CSI的上报类型，CSI的上报类型包括周期(periodic)上报、半持续(Semi-Persistent)上报和非周期(aperiodic)上报。CSI-RS资源配置用于指示CSI-RS资源，CSI-RS资源包括周期CSI-RS资源、半持续CSI-RS资源和非周期CSI-RS资源，用于终端设备120上报CSI，其中，周期CSI-RS资源可以用于周期上报或半持续上报或非周期上报，半持续CSI-RS资源可以用于半持续上报或非周期上报，非周期CSI-RS资源只能用于非周期上报。
终端设备120可以根据触发状态列表(CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList)进行非周期上 报，该触发状态列表包括至少一个触发状态(trigger state)，还包括与该触发状态对应的CSI上报配置和CSI-RS资源配置，其中，一个CSI上报配置绑定一个CSI-RS资源配置(resource config)，一个CSI-RS资源配置包括最多16个CSI-RS资源集合(resource set)，一个CSI-RS资源集合包括最多64个CSI-RS资源。
下面以每个CSI-RS资源配置仅包括一个CSI-RS资源集合为例对CSI-RS资源的配置方法进行说明。
配置方法一。
网络设备110可以为终端设备120配置两个资源配置，一个资源配置用于配置信道测量所需的传输资源，如第一资源集合，为描述方便将该第一资源集合中的参考信号资源称为信道测量资源(channel measurement resource，CMR)，其中，CMR可以是SSB资源，也可以是NZP CSI-RS资源；另一个资源配置用于配置干扰测量所需的传输资源，如第二资源集合，为描述方便称第二资源集合中的参考信号资源称为干扰测量资源(interference measurement resource，IMR)，其中，IMR可以是CSI干扰测量(CSI interference measurement，CSI-IM)资源，也可以是NZP CSI-RS资源。
上述CMR的数量可以是一个或多个，上述IMR的数量也可以是一个或多个，即，网络设备110可以配置一个CMR和一个IMR，也可以配置多个CMR和多个IMR，还可以配置一个CMR和多个IMR，还可以配置多个CMR和一个IMR。
对于上述配置方法仅以两个资源配置举例，网络设备还可以配置多于两个资源配置，其中，至少一个资源配置用于配置信道测量所需的传输资源，至少一个资源配置用于配置干扰测量所需的传输资源。本实施例对资源配置的个数不做限定。
配置方法二。
网络设备110可以为终端设备120配置三个资源配置，其中，第一个资源配置用于配置CMR，CMR可以是SSB资源，也可以是NZP CSI-RS资源；第二个资源配置和第三个资源配置用于配置IMR，其中，第二个资源配置用于配置CSI-IM资源，第三个资源配置用于配置NZP CSI-RS资源。可选地，该CSI-IM资源可以用于测量小区间的干扰，该NZP CSI-RS资源可以用于测量一个小区内的多用户(multi-user，MU)干扰或者多个TRP之间的干扰，或者一个用户的多个层(或“流”或“波束”)之间的干扰。
在上述情况下，网络设备110可以为终端设备120配置一个CMR、一个CSI-IM资源以及第三个资源配置所配置的一个或多个NZP CSI-RS资源，该CMR与该CSI-IM资源之间满足准共址(quasi co-location，QCL)关系，该CMR与该一个或多个NZP CSI-RS资源之间也满足QCL关系，终端设备120测量上述资源上的参考信号得到一个CSI。
在一种可能的实施方式中，网络设备110可以为终端设备120配置多个CMR。中一个CMR关联一个CSI-IM资源以及第三个资源配置所配置的一个或多个NZP CSI-RS资源，该CMR与该CSI-IM资源之间满足准共址(quasi co-location，QCL)关系，该CMR与该一个或多个NZP CSI-RS资源之间也满足QCL关系，终端设备120测量上述一个CMR及其关联的IMR上的参考信号得到一个CSI。
在一种可能的实施方式中，网络设备110可以为终端设备120配置多个CMR。该多个CMR关联一个CSI-IM资源以及第三个资源配置所配置的一个或多个NZP CSI-RS资源，该多个CMR与该CSI-IM资源之间满足准共址(quasi co-location，QCL)关系，该多 个CMR与该一个或多个NZP CSI-RS资源之间也满足QCL关系，终端设备120测量上述一个CMR及其关联的(或上报的)IMR上的参考信号得到一个CSI。配置方法三。
网络设备110可以为终端设备120配置两个资源配置，该两个资源配置均用于配置信道测量所需的传输资源，如第一参考信号资源集合和第二参考信号资源集合，终端设备120测量第一参考信号资源集合中的至少一个参考信号和第二参考信号资源集合中的至少一个参考信号，测量该两个CMR上的承载的参考信号后得到两个信道状态信息。其中，第一参考信号资源集合中的一个CMR上承载的参考信号作为非干扰信号，第二参考信号资源集合中的一个CMR上承载的参考信号作为干扰信号，该情况下测得一个信道状态信息；随后，上述第一参考信号资源集合中的所述一个CMR上承载的参考信号作为干扰信号，上述第二参考信号资源集合中的所述一个CMR上承载的参考信号作为非干扰信号，该情况下测得另一个信道状态信息。
应理解，上述CSI-RS资源的配置方法仅是举例说明，适用于本申请的CSI-RS资源的配置方法不限于此。此外，CMR和IMR还可以有其它的名称，而不应被理解为对本申请的方案的限定。
对于上述配置方法仅以两个资源配置举例，网络设备还可以配置多于两个资源配置，其中，该资源配置均用于配置信道测量所需的传输资源，本实施例对资源配置的个数不做限定。
上述配置方法仅为举例，网络设备还可以配置一个资源配置，本实施例对资源配置的个数不做限定。
基于上述CSI-RS资源配置，下文将详细描述本申请提供的发送CSI的方法以及处理CSI的方法。
图2A示出了本申请提供的一种发送CSI的方法，该方法可以由终端设备120或者终端设备120中的芯片执行。为了简洁，下文所述的“终端设备”和“网络设备”不再附带附图标记。
如图2A所示，该方法200A包括：
S210A，根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型。
第一参考信号例如是上文所述的CSI-RS或SSB，第一参考信号的CSI的类型例如是RSRP或SINR。终端设备可以在CMR上接收CSI-RS，基于该CSI-RS的信号功率以及IMR(或者另一个CMR)上的干扰信号的信号功率确定该CSI-RS的信道质量。信道质量的好坏可以通过SINR、CQI、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality，RSRQ)和信噪比(signal to noise ratio，SNR)等参数衡量，因此，第一参考信号的CSI的类型也可以是这些参数。
应理解，本申请实施例中的信号功率可替换为信号强度、信号能量等信号质量，本申请不对此做限定。信号功率可以为参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power，RSRP)。
当信道质量较差时，可能是由于有用信号(即，非干扰信号)强度较弱，或者是干扰信号的强度较大造成的，此时若终端设备仅反馈信道质量信息，此时网络设备并不知道当前信道质量较差是什么原因造成的。因此，本申请实施例在信道质量较差时，终端设备反馈信号功率信息，如RSRP。一方面当信号功率较高时，网络可根据该信号功率较高的参 考信号发送数据，相比与根据多个参考信号发送数据或通过多个参考信号进行多用户传输可以获得更好的系统性能。也即，此时终端设备推荐网络设备采用单波束发送数据或者采用单用户传输，该单波束发送数据的性能好于多波束发送数据的性能，或者单用户传输的性能好于多用户传输的性能。另一方面当信号功率较低时，网络设备可以考虑根据其他的参考信号发送数据，及时更新波束方向，提高系统性能。
当信道质量较好时，终端设备推荐网络数据调度数据时可以根据该多个参考信号发送数据，也即使用当前多个参考信号对应的波束传输数据，提高系统性能，获得更好的空分复用效果，或者获得更好的系统鲁棒性(例如，可以是超可靠低时延(ultra-reliable low latency communications，URLLC)场景下，多个波束发送相同的数据提高数据传输可靠性)。或者说，当信道质量较好时，终端设备推荐网络数据调度数据时可以采用MU传输，也即使用多个参考信号对应的波束传输数据给不同的用户，提高系统性能，获得更好的空分复用效果。因此，本申请在信道质量较好时，终端设备反馈信道质量信息，如SINR。
因此，应用方法200的终端设备无需同时上报RSRP和SINR，减小了上报的信息量，从而减小了空口资源的开销。
需要说明的是，基于第一参考信号的数量，第一参考信号的CSI的类型还可以被理解为一个CSI或多个CSI，例如，当终端设备上报一个第一参考信号的CSI时，第一参考信号的类型即一个CSI；当终端设备上报多个第一参考信号的CSI时，第一参考信号的类型即多个CSI。如当一个第一参考信号的指示信息和信道状态信息中包括的参考信号资源索引的个数为一个时，可以理解为一种类型；当一个第一参考信号的指示信息和信道状态信息中包括的参考信号资源索引的个数为多个时，可以理解为另一种类型。可选地，此时对于不同类型的信道质量，其信道质量均为SINR或RSRP或RSRQ等。可选地，此时终端设备可以根据其测量的参考信号的信道质量推荐网络设备数据的传输方式，如单波束传输或者多波束传输。
在本申请中，若无特别说明，第一参考信号指的是作为非干扰信号的参考信号，第二参考信号指的是作为干扰信号的参考信号。
或者，在本申请中，若无特别说明，第一参考信号指的是作为非干扰信号的参考信号。
终端设备还可以根据第一参考信号的信道质量的高低确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型。
例如，当第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型为RSRP；当第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型为SINR，SINR也可以被替换为RSRQ或CQI或SNR等。
应理解，信道质量与信道质量门限的比较，可以是信道质量经过一定的变换或转化后与信道质量门限进行比较，还可以是信道质量与经过一定的变换或转化后的信道质量门限进行比较，还可以是两者都经过一定的变化或转化后再比较。
作为一种可选地实施方式，当信道质量与信道质量门限的类型相同时，例如，当信道质量和信道质量门限均为SINR时，可以直接比较信道质量与信道质量门限的大小。
作为一种可选地实施方式，当信道质量与信道质量门限的对应的参考信号的类型不同时，例如，当信道质量为CSI-RS的SINR，信道质量门限为SSB的SINR时，可以根据CSI-RS与SSB的功率差将CSI-RS的SINR转化至与SSB相同量级的SINR进行比较。
作为另一种可选地实施方式，当信道质量与信道质量门限的类型不同时，例如，当信道质量为SINR，信道质量门限为CQI时，可以将信道质量与信道质量门限转变为相同的类型后再做比较。
此外，可选地，信道质量可以直接与信道质量门限进行比较，信道质量也可以经过量化处理后再与信道质量门限进行比较。本申请对信道质量与信道质量门限的比较方法不做限定。
应理解，上述示例还可以描述为：当第一参考信号的信道质量小于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型为RSRP；当第一参考信号的信道质量大于或等于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型为SINR。其中该SINR也可以被替换为RSRQ或CQI或SNR等。
可选地，终端设备可以接收至少两个第一参考信号，第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，说明终端设备找不到可以同时接收的参考信号，因此，终端设备只能上报RSRP，以便于网络设备基于RSRP挑选信道质量较好的参考信号使用单波束传输。网络设备接收到该RSRP后，可以理解为当前终端设备找不到可以同时接收的参考信号，由于每个波束均对应一个参考信号，因此，终端设备找不到可以同时接收的参考信号也就意味着终端设备找不到可以同时接收的波束，网络设备可以在后续的数据传输中不使用多波束传输，而是使用单波束传输，提高数据的传输质量。
上文所述的“第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限”以及，“第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限”包括以下四种情况，终端设备可以基于其中任意一种情况确定上报的CSI的类型为RSRP，或者，终端设备也可以选择不上报信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限的第一参考信号的CSI。
1、当一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报该第一参考信号的RSRP，否则上报SINR；或者，当一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，上报该第一参考信号的SINR,否则上报RSRP。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号(可选地，终端设备接收到了至少2个第二参考信号)，基于每个第一参考信号的信道质量确定每个第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个RSRP；若一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，另一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报1个RSRP和1个SINR；若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR。
2、当全部第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号对应的RSRP,否则上报SINR；或者，当全部第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR，否则上报RSRP。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号(可选地，终端设备接收到了至少2个第二参考信号)，基于全部的第一参考信号的信道质量确定全部的第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个RSRP；若一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，另一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报2个RSRP；若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR。
3、当至少一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的RSRP,否则上报SINR；当至少一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR，否则上报RSRP。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号(可选地，终端设备接收到了至少2个第二参考信号)，基于至少一个第一参考信号的信道质量确定全部的第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个RSRP；若一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，另一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报2个RSRP；若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR。
4、当全部第一参考信号的等效信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的RSRP；或者，当全部第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号，基于该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量确定该2个第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个RSRP或1个RSRP(可选地，该1个RSRP为等效RSRP)；若该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR或1个SINR(可选地，该1个SINR为等效SINR)。等效信道质量门限例如是上述2个第一参考信号的信道质量的平均值，等效信道质量门限还可以参照现有技术中的相关计算方法，本申请在此不再赘述。
下面，针对CSI-RS资源的不同的配置方法，对终端设备确定CSI的类型的方法进行详细介绍。
确定CSI的类型的方法一。
CSI-RS资源包括CMR和IMR。例如，当前网络设备配置的CSI-RS资源包括至少两个CMR和至少两个IMR，该两个CMR的标识分别为CRI a1和CRI a2，该两个IMR的标识分别为CRI b1和CRI b2，其中，CRI a1和CRI b1是一组CSI-RS资源，CRI a2和CRI b2是另一组CSI-RS资源。可选地，可以同时接收的参考信号(包括作为非干扰信号的参考信号以及作为干扰信号的参考信号)对应的CSI-RS资源为一组CSI-RS资源，可选地，该组参考信号资源是终端设备上报的。可选地，终端设备上报的CSI-RS资源组的个数，和/或，一个CSI-RS资源组内包括的参考信号资源的个数，是网络设备配置的或通信协议预定义的。
CRI a1和CRI a2对应的两个CMR上承载的参考信号即两个第一参考信号，CRI b1和CRI b2对应的两个IMR上承载的参考信号即两个第二参考信号。
终端设备可以测量CRI a1和CRI b1上承载的参考信号得到一个CSI，即，SINR-1，其中，CRI a1上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-1；终端设备可以测量CRI a2和CRI b2上承载的参考信号得到另一个CSI，即，SINR-2，其中，CRI a2上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-2。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均大于或等于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述两个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI b1(可选地)+SINR-1，以及，
CRI a2+CRI b2(可选地)+SINR-2。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，若SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述两个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI b1(可选地)+RSRP-1，以及，
CRI a2+CRI b2(可选地)+RSRP-2。
若终端设备被配置的CMR的数量超过两个，终端设备上报的CSI的数量可以由网络设备配置。
“第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限”指的是：SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，即，多个CMR上承载的参考信号的SINR中至少有一个SINR不满足SINR门限值。
确定CSI的类型的方法二。
CSI-RS资源只有CMR，即，网络设备通过上文所述的配置方法三为终端配置CSI-RS资源。例如，当前网络设备配置的CSI-RS资源包括两个CMR，该两个CMR的标识分别为CRI a1和CRI a2。
这里需要说明的是：CRI a1和CRI a2对应的CMR承载的参考信号均为第一参考信号。
终端设备可以测量CRI a1和CRI a2上承载的参考信号得到两个CSI，即，SINR-1和SINR-2，其中，CRI a1上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-1，CRI a2上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-2，可选地，SINR-1等于RSRP-1除以RSRP-2，SINR-2等于RSRP-2除以RSRP-1。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均大于或等于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述一个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI a2+SINR-1+SINR-2。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，若SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，或者，若SINR-1和SINR-2的等效SINR小于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述一个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI a2+RSRP-1+RSRP-2。
若终端设备被配置的CMR的数量超过两个，终端设备上报的CSI的数量可以由网络设备配置。
“第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限”指的是：SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，或者，SINR-1和SINR-2的等效SINR小于SINR门限值。等效SINR的计算方法可以是多个SINR(例如，SINR-1和SINR-2)的平均值，还可以参照现有技术中的相关计算方法，本申请在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，上述实施例仅是举例说明，终端设备的上报过程中的各个参数可以由网络设备配置或指示，也可以由通信协议预定义。除了CRI，终端设备上报的参考信号资源标识还可以是SSBRI。
终端设备确定待上报的CSI的类型后，可以执行S220A完成上报。
S220A，发送指示信息和与第一参考信号的CSI的类型对应的CSI，该指示信息用于指示该类型。
应理解，下文中所描述的CSI均为确定了CSI类型后的信道状态信息或信道质量。
可选地，该CSI包括参考信号资源索引和参考信号的信道质量,或者该CSI包括参考信号的信道质量。具体地，可以有以下几种上报方法：
示例一：该CSI包括第一参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量。其中，第一信道质量可以通过以下方式获得：
方式1：第一参考信号的信道质量通过第一参考信号获得。可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号值(简称为“信号”，下述几个示例也适用该解释)和干扰值(简称为“干扰”，下述几个示例也适用该解释)，根据该信号和干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。
方式2：第一参考信号的信道质量通过第一参考信号和第三参考信号获得；可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。或者在第一参考信号上测得信号，第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。也可以描述为第一参考信号上测得的信号质量作为信号，第三参考信号上测得的信号质量作为干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。其中，第三参考信号是不同于第一参考信号和第二信号的一个参考信号，终端设备不需要上报第三参考信号的资源索引，如零功率的CSI-RS或SSB。可选地，信号质量可替换为信号功率，信号强度，信号能量等。
示例二：该CSI包括第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量。
其中，第一参考信号的信道质量可以通过以下方式获得：
方式1：第一参考信号的信道质量通过第一参考信号和第二参考信号获得。可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和/或第二参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。
方式2：第一信道质量通过第一参考信号、第二参考信号、第三参考信号获得；可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第二参考信号、第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。或者，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。前述方案也可以描述为将在第一参考信号上测得的信号质量作为信号，将在第二参考信号和第三参考信号上测得的信号质量作为干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第一参考信号的信道质量。其中，第三参考信号是不同于第一参考信号和第二参考信号的一个参考信号，终端设备不需要上报该参考信号的资源索引，如零功率的CSI-RS或SSB。可选地，信号质量可替换为信号功率，信号强度，信号能量等。
除上述方法外，还可以采用示例一中的方法获取第一参考信号的信道质量。
示例三：该CSI包括第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量。
其中第一参考信号的信道质量信息的获取方法同示例二。第二参考信号的信道质量可以通过以下方式获得：
方式1：第二参考信号的信道质量通过第一参考信号和第二参考信号获得。可选地，在第二参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和/或第二参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。
方式2：第二信道质量通过第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号获得；可选地，在第二参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。或者在第二参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信 号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。前述方案也可以描述为将在第二参考信号上测得的信号质量作为信号，将在第一参考信号和第三参考信号上测得的信号质量作为干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。其中，第三参考信号是不同于第一参考信号和第二参考信号的一个参考信号，终端设备不需要上报该参考信号的资源索引，如零功率的CSI-RS或SSB。可选地，信号质量可替换为信号功率，信号强度，信号能量等。
除上述方法外，还可以采用示例一或示例二的方法获取第二参考信号的信道质量。
示例四：该CSI包括第一参考信号的信道质量。
该第一参考信号的信道质量的获取方法可以同上述示例一、示例二和示例三中的方法，此处不再赘述。
示例五：该CSI包括第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量。
该第一参考信号的信道质量的获取方法可以同上述示例一、示例二和示例三中的方法，此处不再赘述。
应理解，上述方法仅为获取信道质量的一些可能的方法，还可以有其他方法，本实施例并不对此做限定。
可选地，该指示信息中还包括参考信号资源索引。
例如，该参考信号资源索引包括第一参考信号的资源索引，或者该参考信号资源索引包括第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，终端设备可以根据网络设备配置的多个参考信号资源集合接收多个参考信号，从多个参考信号中选择一个或多个第一参考信号，并上报该一个或多个第一参考信号的指示信息和与该指示信息对应的信道状态信息。可选地，当终端上报多个第一参考信号的信道状态信息时，该多个信道状态信息可以仅对应一个指示信息，或者，该多个信道状态信息可以对应多个指示信息(例如，该多个信道状态信息可以与多个指示信息一一对应)。可选地，终端设备上报的第一参考信号的指示信息的个数和与第一参考信号对应的信道状态信息的个数可以是网络设备配置，还可以是协议预定义的，还可以是终端设备上报的。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，可选地，若上报第二参考信号的资源索引，第二参考信号的资源索引可以包括一个或多个第二参考信号的资源索引。上报的每个第一参考信号对应的第二参考信号的资源个数可以是网络设备配置，还可以是协议预定义的，还可以是终端设备上报的。
示例性地，发送的指示信息和/或信道状态信息中可以包括一个第一参考信号的资源索引、一个第二参考信号的资源索引以及一个第一参考信号的信道质量信息；或者，发送的指示信息和或信道状态信息中可以包括一个第一参考信号的资源索引、两个第二参考信号的资源索引以及一个第一参考信号的信道质量信息。其中，可选地，第一参考信号的资源索引可以是作为信号(或非干扰)的参考信号的资源索引，第二参考信号的资源索引可以是作为干扰的参考信号的资源索引。本申请不对第二参考信号的资源索引的数量作任何限定。
可选地，第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引对应的参考信号是终端设备同时接收和或网络设备同时发送的参考信号。
可选地，终端设备上报的内容包括第一部分内容和第二部分内容。
作为一种可选地实施方式，可选地，第一部分内容为指示信息，第二部分内容为CSI。
作为一种可选地实施方式，可选地，第一部分内容为指示信息和参考信号资源索引，第二部分内容为信道质量信息。
作为一种可选地实施方式，可选地，第一部分内容为指示信息，第二部分内容为参考信号资源索引和信道质量信息。
若终端设备确定上报的第一参考信号的CSI的类型为SINR，则终端设备可以发送第一指示信息和第一参考信号的SINR的具体数值(量化值或未经量化的值)，第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号的CSI为SINR。网络设备接收到终端设备上报的内容后，根据第一部分内容获取第二部分内容。可选地，第一指示信息和第二部分内容可以是联合编码或者独立编码。可选地，独立编码时，可解码第一部分内容，得到第一指示信息，随后根据第一指示信息按照SINR解码第二部分内容。
若终端设备确定上报的第一参考信号的CSI的类型为RSRP，则终端设备可以发送第二指示信息和第一参考信号的RSRP的具体数值(量化值或未经量化的值)，第二指示信息用于指示第一参考信号的CSI为RSRP，网络设备接收到终端设备上报的内容后，可选地，首先解码第一部分内容，得到第二指示信息，随后根据第二指示信息按照RSRP解码第二部分内容。
终端设备可以采用多种形式的指示信息来指示CSI的类型，例如，可以采用预设比特位来指示CSI的类型，也可以使用CRI的数量来指示CSI的类型，还可以使用CRI的类型来指示CSI的类型。下面，分别介绍这三种指示方式。
指示方式一。
终端设备使用一个比特位来指示CSI的类型，如当该比特位为“0”时，表示第二部分内容为SINR；当该比特位为“1”时，表示第二部分内容为RSRP。或者，当该比特位为“1”时，表示第二部分内容为SINR；当该比特位为“0”时，表示第二部分内容为RSRP.该比特位的不同取值(或，不同状态)代表不同的指示信息。
上述比特位可以是新增的比特位，也可以是现有信息的特殊状态位。终端设备也可以使用多个比特位指示CSI的类型。其中，现有信息的特殊状态位可以是SINR或RSRP的预留状态位，最低状态位或最高状态位。
可选地，该指示信息对应的CSI包括参考信号的资源索引和参考信号的信道质量。可选地，此时该指示信息不包括参考信号的资源索引。
可选地，该指示信息可以包括参考信号资源索引，该指示信息对应的CSI包括信道质量。
其中，参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引，或者参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的资源索引。参考信号的信道质量可以包括第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，或者参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的信道质量。
指示方式二。
终端设备使用CRI的数量来指示CSI的类型，当终端设备仅上报一个CRI时，表示第二部分内容为RSRP；当终端设备上报多个CRI时，表示第二部分内容为SINR。CRI 的不同数量代表不同的指示信息。
或者当终端设备上报参考信号个数的指示信息，当参考信号个数的指示信息指示其上报参考信号的个数为1个时，表示第二部分内容为RSRP；当参考信号个数的指示信息指示其上报参考信号的个数为大于1个时，表示第二部分内容为SINR；
可选地，该指示信息对应的CSI包括参考信号的资源索引和参考信号的信道质量。
可选地，该指示信息可以包括参考信号资源索引，该指示信息对应的CSI包括信道质量。
其中，参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引，或者参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的资源索引。参考信号的信道质量可以包括第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，或者参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的信道质量。
指示方式三。
终端设备使用CRI的类型来指示CSI的类型，当终端设备上报多个相同的CRI时，表示第二部分内容为RSRP；当终端设备上报多个不同的CRI时，表示第二部分内容为SINR。CRI的不同类型代表不同的指示信息。
可选地，该指示信息对应的CSI包括参考信号的资源索引和参考信号的信道质量。
可选地，该指示信息可以包括参考信号资源索引，该指示信息对应的CSI包括信道质量。
其中，参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引，或者参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的资源索引。参考信号的信道质量可以包括第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，或者参考信号资源索引可以包括第一参考信号的信道质量。
上文详细描述了终端设备上报一个参考信号的CSI时的上报方法，本领域技术人员可以清楚地了解，当终端设备上报多个参考信号的CSI时，每个参考信号的CSI的上报方式均可按照上述方式进行。
需要说明的是，当终端设备上报多个参考信号的CSI时，并且，当该多个参考信号的CSI的类型相同时，可以按照差分方式上报多个参考信号的CSI。
当多个第一参考信号的CSI的类型相同时，终端设备可以直接进行差分上报。
例如，终端设备需要上报两个第一参考信号的CSI，并且，该两个第一参考信号的CSI均为RSRP，其中，该两个第一参考信号为第一参考信号1和第一参考信号2，则网络设备可以上报第一参考信号1的RSRP值和RSRP差值，该RSRP差值即第一参考信号2的RSRP值与第一参考信号1的RSRP值的差值。
当多个第一参考信号的CSI的类型不同时，终端设备可以分组进行差分上报，每组第一参考信号的CSI的类型相同。
例如，终端设备需要上报四个第一参考信号的CSI，该四个第一参考信号为第一参考信号1、第一参考信号2、第一参考信号3和第一参考信号4，其中，前两个第一参考信号的CSI为RSRP，后两个第一参考信号的CSI为SINR，则终端设备可以上报第一参考信号1的RSRP值和RSRP差值，以及，第一参考信号3的SINR值和SINR差值，该RSRP差值即第一参考信号2的RSRP值与第一参考信号1的RSRP值的差值，该SINR差值即 第一参考信号4的SINR值与第一参考信号3的SINR值的差值。
终端设备还可以上报第一参考信号的CSI和第二参考信号的CSI。其中，此处的第二参考信号资源可以为CMR。
例如，终端设备需要上报一个第一参考信号的CSI和一个第二参考信号的CSI，并且，该第一参考信号的CSI和该第二参考信号的CSI均为RSRP，则网络设备可以上报第一参考信号的RSRP值以及第二参考信号的RSRP值与第一参考信号的RSRP值的差值。
两个RSRP值的差值的取值范围通常小于RSRP值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的RSRP值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的CSI能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，第一参考信号和第二参考信号是终端设备可以同时接收的参考信号。
应理解，本申请实施例中，同时是指，在同一个时刻接收，或者重叠的时刻接收，或者在同一个时间单元接收，或者在至少一个重叠的时间单元接收，M个参考信号至少在一个时间单元重叠。所述时间单元可以是长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统或者5G新无线(new radio，NR)系统中定义的一个或多个无线帧，一个或多个子帧，一个或多个时隙，一个或多个微时隙(mini slot)，一个或多个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号，也可以是多个帧或子帧构成的时间窗口，例如系统信息(system information，SI)窗口。下述实施例以同时接收的参考信号为在一个或多个OFDM符号上接收到的参考信号为例进行说明，本申请对此不进行限定。
下面，再举出几个终端设备上报多个参考信号的CSI的例子。在下面的例子中，终端设备均上报N个参考信号的CSI，但终端设备接收到的参考信号的数量可以大于N，N的具体数值可以由网络设备配置或指示，也可以由通信协议预定义。N为大于1的正整数。
上报方式一，终端设备上报第一参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量。第一参考信号为非干扰信号。
由上文可知，资源索引可以作为指示信息，也可以不作为指示信息。当资源索引不作为指示信息时，资源索引可以称为信道信息或者与信道质量相关的信息。
其中对上报内容的比特位的编码映射方法可以有以下几种：
1.指示信息及信道状态信息的映射顺序如下：
方法一：按照参考信号的类型顺序映射：所有第一参考信号的资源索引->所有第二参考信号的资源索引(可选地)->第一参考信号的信道质量->第二参考信号的信道质量(可选地)。其中所有的参考信号资源索引是指上报的N个参考信号的CSI中的所有参考信号索引。
方法二：按照参考信号组顺序映射：第一组第一参考信号的资源索引->第一组第二参考信号的资源索引(可选地)->…->第N组第一参考信号的资源索引->第N组第二参考信号的资源索引(可选地)->第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第一组第二参考信号的信道质量(可选地)->…->第N组第一参考信号的信道质量->第N组第二参考信号的信道质量(可选地)。其中一个参考信号组指一个第一参考信号的指示信息和信道状态信息(第一参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量)，可能还包括计算该第一参考信号的信道质量的第二参考信号的信道状态信息(第二参考信号的资源索引和或第二参考信号的信道质量)。该计算方法在前文已描述，此处不再赘述。
2.当指示方式一中采用新增比特位指示第一参考信号的信道状态信息类型时，其新增比特位可以N个参考信号组共用一个，或者还可以是每个参考信号组对应一个新增比特位，或者还可以是第一参考信号和第二参考信号的信道质量个对应一个新增比特位用于指示其信道质量的类型。其中该新增比特位可以是一个或多个比特位。可选地，该全部新增比特位可以映射至全部参考信号资源索引的前面，或者该全部新增比特位可以映射至全部参考信号资源索引的后面，或者每个参考信号对应的新增比特位可以映射至每个参考信号索引的前面或后面。
3.信道状态信息中的参考信号的信道质量的上报可以采用如下两种方式上报：
方法一：采用非差分方式上报
方法二：采用差分方式上报，
当采用差分方式上报时，具体地还可分为以下几种方式：
一个参考信号组内的信道质量之间差分。
其中，一个参考信号组可以指指一个第一参考信号的指示信息和信道状态信息(第一参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量)，可能还包括计算该第一参考信号的信道质量的第二参考信号的信道状态信息(第二参考信号的资源索引和或第二参考信号的信道质量)。该一个参考信号组内如包括第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，该第一参考信号的信道质量与第二参考信号的信道质量之间差分上报。如，第二参考信号的信道质量以第一参考信号的信道质量为参考采用差分值上报。即终端设备上报第一参考信号的信道质量以及第一参考信号的信道质量与第二参考信号的信道质量的差分值。可选地，作为参考值的信道质量可以是第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量中的最大值，或最小值，或平均值等。
相同类型的参考信号的信道质量之间差分。
如上报N个参考信号的信道状态信息。N个第一参考信号的信道质量之间差分上报。若还包括第二参考信号的信道状态信息，则N个第二参考信号的信道质量之间差分上报。如，第2至第N个第一参考信号的信道质量以第1个第一参考信号的信道质量为参考采用差分值上报。即终端设备上报第一个第一参考信号的信道质量以及第2至N个第一参考信号的信道质量与第二参考信号的信道质量的差分值。可选地，第一个第一参考信号的信道质量是第1至第N个第一参考信号的信道质量中的最大值，或最小值，或平均值等。第二参考信号的上报采用如第一参考信号的信道质量信息相同的上报方法，此处不再赘述。
相同类型的信道质量之间差分。
N参考信号的信道状态信息中的N个第一参考信号的信道质量中，类型为RSRP的参考信号信道质量信息之间差分上报，类型为SINR的参考信号信道质量信息之间差分上报。对于RSRP类型的信道质量需要上报一个参考信道质量信息和多个差分的信道质量信息。对于SINR类型的信道质量需要上报一个参考信道质量和多个差分的信道质量。若还需上报N个第二参考信号的信道质量，也可以采用相同的方法，或者相同信道质量类型的第一参考信号和第二参考信号之间差分，上报一个参考信道质量和多个差分信道质量。方法c也可以结合a方法或b方法。
方面1，仅考虑资源索引和信道质量的比特位编码时的映射方式。
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映 射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。
方式2为：第一参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1->…->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第一参考信号的信道质量N。即，顺序映射每个信道状态。如先映射第一个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引和信道质量，再映射第二个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引和信道质量，再按顺序依次映射其他信道状态。
方式1如表1所示，方式2如表2所示。表1和表2中，第一参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第一参考信号的信道质量可以是RSRP或SINR。
表1
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000001
表2
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000002
方面2，仅考虑指示方式的编码方式。
终端设备可以基于上文所述的三种指示方式指示信道质量的类型。
当终端设备应用指示方式一时，指示信息可以放在全部第一参考信号的资源索引之前，也可以放在全部第一参考信号的资源索引之后，还可以放在每个第一参考信号的资源索引之前。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部指示信息->全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部指示信息，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。如表3所示。
方式2为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部指示信息->全部第一参考信号的信道 质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部指示信息，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。如表4所示。
方式3为：指示信息1->资源索引1->…->指示信息N->资源索引N->信道质量1->…->信道质量N。即，先映射第一个第一参考信号对应的指示信息和信道质量，再映射第二个第一参考信号对应的指示信息和资源索引，…，再映射第N个第一参考信号对应的指示信息和资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。如表5所示。
表3至表5中，A1，A2，…，AN表示N个指示信息。
表3
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000003
表4
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000004
表5
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000005
当终端设备应用指示方式二时，资源索引的数量即指示信息，终端设备可以上报指示参考信号的个数的指示信息、资源索引和信道质量。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：数量指示信息1->资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1。即，先映射指示参考信号的数量的指示信息1，再映射第一参考信号的资源索引1，再映射第一参考信号的信道质量1(即，RSRP1)。如表6所示。
方式2为：数量指示信息2->全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射指示参考信号的数量的指示信息2，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)。如表7所示。
编码顺序如表6和表7所示，一个资源索引指示第二部分内容为RSRP，多个资源索引指示第二部分内容为SINR。
表6
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000006
表7
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000008
当终端设备应用指示方式三时，资源索引的类型即指示信息，终端设备可以上报不同类型的资源索引和信道质量。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：N个相同的资源索引->N个第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射N个相同的资源索引，再映射N个第一参考信号的信道质量(即，RSRP)。如表8所示。
方式2为：N个不同的资源索引->N个第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射N个不同的资源索引，再映射N个第一参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)。如表9所示。
编码顺序如表8和表9所示，多个相同的资源索引指示第二部分内容为RSRP，多个不同的资源索引指示第二部分内容为SINR。
表8
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000009
表9
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000010
方面3，仅考虑差分上报的编码方式。
差分上报仅适用于相同类型的CSI，当多个第一参考信号的CSI的类型不同时，可以分组差分上报，为了简洁，下面仅举出一个例子。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->第一参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第一参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第一参考信号N的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射第一参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第一参考信号2的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，最后映射第一参考信号N的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值。如表10所示。
表10
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000011
方面4，仅考虑信道质量的上报方式。
此处仅举出终端设备根据每个第一参考信号的信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的类型的一个例子，本领域技术人员能够在不付出创造性劳动的情况下得到其它情况下基于信道质量的上报方式。其它情况例如是终端设备基于多个第一参考信号的等效信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的类型。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，不同的第一参考信号的信道质量的类型可以不同。如表11。
表11
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000013
上述4个方面可以任意结合，例如，方面3与方面4结合可以得到表12所示的编码方式。其中，i为大于1且小于N的正整数。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第二组第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射信道质量类型相同的一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量类型相同的另一组第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，同组第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。如表12。
表12
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000014
上报方式二，终端设备上报第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量。其中，第一参考信号为非干扰信号，第二参考信号为干扰信号。
方面5，仅考虑资源索引和信道质量的比特位编码时的映射方式。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，最后映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。如表13。
方式2为：第一参考信号的资源索引1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1->…->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第二参考信号的资源索引N->第一参考信号的信道质量N。即，顺序映射每个信道状态。如先映射第一个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引和第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射第二个信道状 态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引和第一参考信号的信道质量，再按顺序依次映射其他信道状态。如表14。
第一参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第二参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第一参考信号的信道质量可以是RSRP或SINR。
表13
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000015
表14
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000016
方面6，仅考虑指示方式的编码映射方式。
当终端设备应用指示方式一时，指示信息可以放在全部第一参考信号的资源索引之前，也可以放在全部第一参考信号的资源索引之后，还可以放在每个第一参考信号的资源索引之前。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部指示信息->全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部指示信息，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。如表15所示。
方式2为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部指示信息->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部指示信息，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。如表16所示。
方式3为：指示信息1->第一参考信号的资源索引1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->…->指示信息N->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第二参考信号的资源索引N->第一参考信号的信道质量1->…->第一参考信号的信道质量N。即先映射第一个第一参考信号对应的指示信息、第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引，…，再映射第N个第一参考信号对应的指示信息、第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引，最后按顺序依次映射N个第一参考信号的信道质量。如表17所示。
表15至表17中，A1，A2，…，AN表示N个指示信息。
表15
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000017
表16
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000019
表17
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000020
当终端设备应用指示方式二时，资源索引的数量即指示信息，终端设备可以上报指示参考信号的个数的指示信息、资源索引和信道质量。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：数量指示信息1->第一参考信号的资源索引1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1。即，先映射指示参考信号的数量的指示信息1，再映射第一参考信号的资源索引1，再映射第二参考信号的资源索引1，再映射第一参考信号的信道质量1(即，RSRP1)。如表18所示。
方式2为：数量指示信息2->全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资 源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射指示参考信号的数量的指示信息2，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)。如表19所示。
表18
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000021
表19
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000022
当终端设备应用指示方式三时，资源索引的类型即指示信息，终端设备可以上报不同类型的资源索引和信道质量。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：N个相同的第一参考信号的资源索引->N个相同的第二参考信号的资源索引->N个第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射N个相同的第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射N个相同的第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射N个第一参考信号的信道质量(即，RSRP)。如表20所示。
方式2为：N个不同的第一参考信号的资源索引->N个不同的第二参考信号的资源索引->N个第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射N个不同的第一参考信号的资源索引，再 映射N个不同的第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射N个第一参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)。如表21所示。
表20
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000023
表21
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000024
方面7，仅考虑差分上报的编码映射方式。
差分上报仅适用于相同类型的CSI，当多个第一参考信号的CSI的类型不同时，可以分组差分上报，为了简洁，下面仅举出一个例子。其差分的方式可以有以下几种：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->第一参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第一参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第一参考信号N的信 道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射第一参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第一参考信号2的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，最后映射第一参考信号N的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值。
表22
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000025
方面8，仅考虑信道质量的编码映射方式。
此处仅举出终端设备根据每个第一参考信号的信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的类型的一个例子，本领域技术人员能够在不付出创造性劳动的情况下得到其它情况下基于信道质量的上报方式。其它情况例如是终端设备基于多个第一参考信号的等效信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的类型。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，不同的第一参考信号的信道质量的类型可以不同。如表23所示。
表23
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000027
上述4个方面可以任意结合，例如，方面7与方面8结合可以得到表24所示的编码方式。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第二组第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射信道质量类型相同的一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量类型相同的另一组第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，同组第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。如表24所示。
表24
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000029
上报方式三，终端设备上报第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量。其中，第一参考信号的资源为CMR，第二参考信号的资源为CMR，也就是说，该上报方式中的第一参考信号和第二参考信号互为干扰信号。
方面9，仅考虑资源索引和信道质量的比特位编码时的映射方式。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量->全部第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，最后映射全部第二参考信号的信道质量。如表25所示。
方式2为：第一参考信号的资源索引1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1->第二参考信号的信道质量1->…->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第二参考信号的资源索引N->第一参考信号的信道质量N->第二参考信号的信道质量N。即，顺序映射每个信道状态。如先映射第一个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，再映射第二个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，再按顺序依次映射其他信道状态。如表26所示。
第一参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第二参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第一参考信号的信道质量可以是RSRP或SINR，第二参考信号的信道质量可以是RSRP或SINR。
表25
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000031
表26
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000032
方面10，仅考虑指示方式的编码映射方式。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部指示信息->全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量->全部第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部指示信息，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射全部第二参考信号的信道质量。如表27所示。
方式2为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部指示信息->全部第一参考信号的信道质量->全部第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部指示信息，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射全部第二参考信号的信道质量。如表28所示。
方式3为：指示信息1->第一参考信号的资源索引1->…->指示信息N->第一参考信号的资源索引N->…->指示信息N+1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->…->指示信息2N->第二参考信号的资源索引N->…->第一参考信号的资源索引1->…->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第二参考信号的资源索引1->…->第二参考信号的资源索引N。如表29所示。
表27至表29中，A1，A2，…，A2N表示2N个指示信息。
表27
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000033
表28
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000035
表29
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000036
当终端设备应用指示方式二时，资源索引的数量即指示信息，终端设备可以上报指示参考信号的个数的指示信息、资源索引和信道质量。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：数量指示信息1->第一参考信号的资源索引1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1->第二参考信号的信道质量1。即，先映射指示参考信号的数量的指示信息1，再映射第一参考信号的资源索引1，再映射第二参考信号的资源索引1，再映射第一参考信号的信道质量1(即，RSRP)，再映射第二参考信号的信道质量1(即，RSRP)。如表30所示。
方式2为：数量指示信息2->全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量->全部第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射指示 参考信号的数量的指示信息2，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)，再映射全部第二参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)。如表31所示。
表30
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000037
表31
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000038
当终端设备应用指示方式三时，
资源索引的类型即指示信息，终端设备可以上报不同类型的资源索引和信道质量。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：N个相同的第一参考信号的资源索引->N个相同的第二参考信号的资源索 引->N个第一参考信号的信道质量->N个第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射N个相同的第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射N个相同的第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射N个第一参考信号的信道质量(即，RSRP)，再映射N个第二参考信号的信道质量(即，RSRP)。如表32所示。
方式2为：N个不同的第一参考信号的资源索引->N个不同的第二参考信号的资源索引->N个第一参考信号的信道质量->N个第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射N个不同的第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射N个不同的第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射N个第一参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)，再映射N个第二参考信号的信道质量(即，SINR)。如表32所示。
表32
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000039
表33
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000041
方面11，仅考虑差分上报的编码映射方式。
差分上报仅适用于相同类型的CSI，当多个第一参考信号的CSI的类型不同时，可以分组差分上报，为了简洁，下面仅举出一个例子。
表34所示的编码方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->第一参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第一参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第一参考信号N的信道质量->第二参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第二参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第二参考信号N的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射第一参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第一参考信号2的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，再映射第一参考信号N的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，再映射第二参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第二参考信号2的信道质量与第二参考信号1的信道质量的差值，再映射第二参考信号N的信道质量与第二参考信号1的信道质量的差值。
表34
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000043
方面12，仅考虑信道质量的编码方式。
此处仅举出终端设备根据每个第一参考信号的信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的类型的一个例子，本领域技术人员能够在不付出创造性劳动的情况下得到其它情况下基于信道质量的上报方式。其它情况例如是终端设备基于多个第一参考信号的等效信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的类型。
表35的编码方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量->全部第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射全部第二参考信号的信道质量，其中，不同的第一参考信号的信道质量的类型可以不同，不同的第二参考信号的信道质量的类型可以不同。
表35
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000045
上述4个方面可以任意结合，例如，方面11与方面12结合可以得到表36所示的编码方式。
表36的编码方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第二组第一参考信号的信道质量->第一组第二参考信号的信道质量->第二组第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射信道质量类型相同的一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量类型相同的另一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量类型相同的一组第二参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量类型相同的另一组第二参考信号的信道质量，其中，同组第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报，同组第二参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。
表36
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000047
作为一个可选的实施方式，网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息中的包含“基于组的波束报告(group based beam reporting)”字段，上面的表格均为“基于组的波束报告(group based beam reporting)”字段的状态为去使能(disabled)状态时的上报方式，即，N个第一参考信号作为一组参考信号，终端设备上报CSI时只考虑每个第一参考信号的信道质量。可选地，当“基于组的波束报告”字段的状态为使能(enabled)状态时，终端设备在上报CSI时需要考虑一组参考信号的信道质量，例如，只要该组参考信号有一个参考信号的信道质量小于信道质量门限，或者，只要该组参考信号的等效参考信号质量小于信道质量门限，终端设备上报的该组参考信号的CSI的类型全部为RSRP。
图2B示出了本申请提供的另一种发送CSI的方法，该方法可以由终端设备120或者终端设备120中的芯片执行。为了简洁，下文所述的“终端设备”和“网络设备”不再附带附图标记。
如图2B所示，该方法200B包括：
S210B，根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的CSI的内容。
应理解，上述方法还可以描述为“根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型”。
第一参考信号例如是上文所述的CSI-RS或SSB，第一参考信号的CSI的内容例如是RSRP或SINR。终端设备可以在CMR上接收CSI-RS，基于该CSI-RS的信号功率以及IMR(或者另一个CMR)上的干扰信号的信号功率确定该CSI-RS的信道质量。信道质量的好坏可以通过SINR、CQI、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality，RSRQ)和信噪比(signal to noise ratio，SNR)等参数衡量，因此，第一参考信号的CSI的内容也可以是这些参数。
应理解，本申请实施例中的信号功率可替换为信号强度、信号能量等信号质量，本申请不对此做限定。信号功率可以为参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power，RSRP)。
当信道质量较差时，可能是由于有用信号(即，非干扰信号)强度较弱，或者是干扰信号的强度较大造成的，此时若终端设备仅反馈信道质量信息，此时网络设备并不知道当前信道质量较差是什么原因造成的。因此，本申请实施例在信道质量较差时，终端设备反馈信号功率信息，如SINR和RSRP。一方面当信号功率较高时，网络可根据该信号功率 较高的参考信号发送数据，相比与根据多个参考信号发送数据或通过多个参考信号进行多用户传输可以获得更好的系统性能。也即，此时终端设备推荐网络设备采用单波束发送数据或者采用单用户传输，该单波束发送数据的性能好于多波束发送数据的性能，或者单用户传输的性能好于多用户传输的性能。另一方面当信号功率较低时，网络设备可以考虑根据其他的参考信号发送数据，及时更新波束方向，提高系统性能。
当信道质量较好时，终端设备推荐网络数据调度数据时可以根据该多个参考信号发送数据，也即使用当前多个参考信号对应的波束传输数据，提高系统性能，获得更好的空分复用效果，或者获得更好的系统鲁棒性(例如，可以是超可靠低时延(ultra-reliable low latency communications，URLLC)场景下，多个波束发送相同的数据提高数据传输可靠性)。或者说，当信道质量较好时，终端设备推荐网络数据调度数据时可以采用MU传输，也即使用多个参考信号对应的波束传输数据给不同的用户，提高系统性能，获得更好的空分复用效果。因此，本申请在信道质量较好时，终端设备反馈信道质量信息，如SINR。
终端设备还可以根据第一参考信号的信道质量的高低确定第一参考信号的CSI的内容。
应理解，上述方法还可以描述为“终端设备还可以根据第一参考信号的信道质量的高低确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型”。
例如，当第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的内容为SINR和RSRP；当第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的内容为SINR，SINR也可以被替换为RSRQ或CQI或SNR等，其中，第一参考信号的信道质量可以为SINR。
应理解，信道质量与信道质量门限的比较，可以是信道质量经过一定的变换或转化后与信道质量门限进行比较，还可以是信道质量与经过一定的变换或转化后的信道质量门限进行比较，还可以是两者都经过一定的变化或转化后再比较。
作为一种可选地实施方式，当信道质量与信道质量门限的类型相同时，例如，当信道质量和信道质量门限均为SINR时，可以直接比较信道质量与信道质量门限的大小。
作为一种可选地实施方式，当信道质量与信道质量门限的对应的参考信号的类型不同时，例如，当信道质量为CSI-RS的SINR，信道质量门限为SSB的SINR时，可以根据CSI-RS与SSB的功率差将CSI-RS的SINR转化至与SSB相同量级的SINR进行比较。还可以根据CSI-RS与SSB的功率差将SSB的SINR转化至与CSI-RS相同量级的SINR进行比较。
作为另一种可选地实施方式，当信道质量与信道质量门限的类型不同时，例如，当信道质量为SINR，信道质量门限为CQI时，可以将信道质量与信道质量门限转变为相同的类型后再做比较。
此外，可选地，信道质量可以直接与信道质量门限进行比较，信道质量也可以经过量化处理后再与信道质量门限进行比较。本申请对信道质量与信道质量门限的比较方法不做限定。
应理解，上述示例还可以描述为：当第一参考信号的信道质量小于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型为SINR和RSRP；当第一参考信号的信道质量大于或等于信道质量门限时，确定第一参考信号的CSI的类型为SINR。其中该SINR也可以被替 换为RSRQ或CQI或SNR等。
可选地，终端设备可以接收至少两个第一参考信号，第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，说明终端设备找不到可以同时接收的参考信号，因此，终端设备除了需要上报SINR，还需要上报RSRP，以便于网络设备基于RSRP挑选信道质量较好的参考信号使用单波束传输。网络设备接收到该RSRP后，可以理解为当前终端设备找不到可以同时接收的参考信号，由于每个波束均对应一个参考信号，因此，终端设备找不到可以同时接收的参考信号也就意味着终端设备找不到可以同时接收的波束，网络设备可以在后续的数据传输中不使用多波束传输，而是使用单波束传输，提高数据的传输质量。
上文所述的“第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限”以及，“第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限”包括以下四种情况，终端设备可以基于其中任意一种情况确定上报的CSI的类型/内容，或者，终端设备也可以选择不上报信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限的第一参考信号的CSI。
1、当一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报该第一参考信号的SINR和RSRP，否则上报SINR；或者，当一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，上报该第一参考信号的SINR,否则上报SINR和RSRP。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号(可选地，终端设备接收到了至少2个第二参考信号)，基于每个第一参考信号的信道质量确定每个第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR和RSRP(1个SINR和RSRP对应一个第一参考信号)；若一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，另一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报1个SINR和RSRP(该1个SINR和RSRP对应一个第一参考信号)，1个SINR(该1个SINR对应另一个第一参考信号)；若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR。
2、当全部第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号对应的SINR和RSRP,否则上报SINR；或者，当全部第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR，否则上报SINR和RSRP。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号(可选地，终端设备接收到了至少2个第二参考信号)，基于全部的第一参考信号的信道质量确定全部的第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR和RSRP(1个SINR和RSRP对应一个第一参考信号)；若一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，另一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR和RSRP(1个SINR和RSRP对应一个第一参考信号)；若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR(1个SINR对应一个第一参考信号)。
3、当至少一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR和RSRP,否则上报SINR；当至少一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR，否则上报SINR和RSRP。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号(可选地，终端设备接收到了至少2个第二参考信号)，基于至少一个第一参考信号的信道质量确定全部的第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR和 RSRP(1个SINR和RSRP对应一个第一参考信号)；若一个第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，另一个第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR和RSRP(1个SINR和RSRP对应一个第一参考信号)；若2个第一参考信号的信道质量均大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR(1个SINR对应一个第一参考信号)。
4、当全部第一参考信号的等效信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR和RSRP；或者，当全部第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限，上报全部第一参考信号的SINR。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号，基于该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量确定该2个第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个RSRP或1个RSRP(可选地，该1个RSRP为等效RSRP),以及,2个SINR或1个SINR(可选地该1个SINR为等效SINR)；若该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR或1个SINR(可选地，该1个SINR为等效SINR)。等效信道质量门限例如是上述2个第一参考信号的信道质量的平均值，等效信道质量门限还可以参照现有技术中的相关计算方法，本申请在此不再赘述。
例如，终端设备接收到2个第一参考信号，基于该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量确定该2个第一参考信号的CSI的类型，若该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR和RSRP，或1个SINR和RSRP(可选地，该1个RSRP为等效RSRP，该1个SINR为等效SINR)；若该2个第一参考信号的等效信道质量大于信道质量门限，则上报2个SINR或1个SINR(可选地，该1个SINR为等效SINR)。等效信道质量门限例如是上述2个第一参考信号的信道质量的平均值，等效信道质量门限还可以参照现有技术中的相关计算方法，本申请在此不再赘述。
下面，针对CSI-RS资源的不同的配置方法，对终端设备确定CSI的内容的方法进行详细介绍。
确定CSI的内容的方法一。
CSI-RS资源包括CMR和IMR。例如，当前网络设备配置的CSI-RS资源包括至少两个CMR和至少两个IMR，该两个CMR的标识分别为CRI a1和CRI a2，该两个IMR的标识分别为CRI b1和CRI b2，其中，CRI a1和CRI b1是一组CSI-RS资源，CRI a2和CRI b2是另一组CSI-RS资源。可选地，可以同时接收的参考信号(包括作为非干扰信号的参考信号以及作为干扰信号的参考信号)对应的CSI-RS资源为一组CSI-RS资源，可选地，该组参考信号资源是终端设备上报的。可选地，终端设备上报的CSI-RS资源组的个数，和/或，一个CSI-RS资源组内包括的参考信号资源的个数，是网络设备配置的或通信协议预定义的。
CRI a1和CRI a2对应的两个CMR上承载的参考信号即两个第一参考信号，CRI b1和CRI b2对应的两个IMR上承载的参考信号即两个第二参考信号。
终端设备可以测量CRI a1和CRI b1上承载的参考信号得到一个CSI，即，SINR-1，其中，CRI a1上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-1；终端设备可以测量CRI a2和CRI b2上承载的参考信号得到另一个CSI，即，SINR-2，其中，CRI a2上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-2。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均大于或等于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述两个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI b1(可选地)+SINR-1，以及，
CRI a2+CRI b2(可选地)+SINR-2。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，若SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述两个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI b1(可选地)+SINR-1+RSRP-1，以及，
CRI a2+CRI b2(可选地)+SINR-2+RSRP-2。
若终端设备被配置的CMR的数量超过两个，终端设备上报的CSI的数量可以由网络设备配置。
“第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限”指的是：SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，即，多个CMR上承载的参考信号的SINR中至少有一个SINR不满足SINR门限值。
确定CSI的类型的方法二。
CSI-RS资源只有CMR，即，网络设备通过上文所述的配置方法三为终端配置CSI-RS资源。例如，当前网络设备配置的CSI-RS资源包括两个CMR，该两个CMR的标识分别为CRI a1和CRI a2。
这里需要说明的是：CRI a1和CRI a2对应的CMR承载的参考信号均为第一参考信号。
终端设备可以测量CRI a1和CRI a2上承载的参考信号得到两个CSI，即，SINR-1和SINR-2，其中，CRI a1上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-1，CRI a2上承载的参考信号的RSRP为RSRP-2，可选地，SINR-1等于RSRP-1除以RSRP-2，SINR-2等于RSRP-2除以RSRP-1。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均大于或等于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述一个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI a2+SINR-1+SINR-2。
若SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，若SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，或者，若SINR-1和SINR-2的等效SINR小于SINR门限值，则终端设备可以上报下述一个CSI：
CRI a1+CRI a2+SINR-1+RSRP-1+SINR-2+RSRP-2。
若终端设备被配置的CMR的数量超过两个，终端设备上报的CSI的数量可以由网络设备配置。
“第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限”指的是：SINR-1和SINR-2均小于SINR门限值，或者，SINR-1或SINR-2小于SINR门限值，或者，SINR-1和SINR-2的等效SINR小于SINR门限值。等效SINR的计算方法可以是多个SINR(例如，SINR-1和SINR-2)的平均值，还可以参照现有技术中的相关计算方法，本申请在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，上述实施例仅是举例说明，终端设备的上报过程中的各个参数可以由网络设备配置或指示，也可以由通信协议预定义。
应理解，第一参考信号的CSI的内容还可以包括第一参考信号的资源标识。该第一参考信号的资源标识可以是CRI，还可以是SSBRI。
终端设备确定待上报的CSI的内容后，可以执行S220B完成上报。
S220B，发送第一参考信号的CSI的内容。
应理解，下文中所描述的CSI均为确定了CSI内容后的信道状态信息或信道质量。
可选地，该CSI包括参考信号资源索引和SINR，或者该CSI包括参考信号资源索引、SINR、RSRP。具体地，可以有以下几种上报方法：
示例一：该CSI包括第一参考信号的资源索引、和第一参考信号的SINR。当第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于预设门限时，该CSI还包括第一参考信号的RSRP。当第一参考信号的SINR大于预设门限时，该CSI中不包括第一参考信号的RSRP。
其中，SINR可以通过以下方式获得：
方式1：SINR通过第一参考信号测量获得。可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号值(简称为“信号”，下述几个示例也适用该解释)和干扰值(简称为“干扰”，下述几个示例也适用该解释)，根据该信号和干扰获得SINR。
方式2：SINR通过第一参考信号测量和第三参考信号测量获得；可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得SINR。或者在第一参考信号上测得信号，第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得SINR。也可以描述为第一参考信号上测得的信号质量作为信号，第三参考信号上测得的信号质量作为干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得SINR。其中，第三参考信号是不同于第一参考信号和第二参考信号的一个参考信号，终端设备不需要上报第三参考信号的资源索引，如零功率的CSI-RS或SSB。可选地，信号质量可替换为信号功率，信号强度，信号能量等。可选地，RSRP通过第一参考信号测量获得。
示例二：该CSI包括第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引和SINR。当第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于预设门限时，该CSI还包括第一参考信号的RSRP。当第一参考信号的SINR大于预设门限时，该CSI中不包括第一参考信号的RSRP。
其中，SINR可以通过以下方式获得：
方式1：SINR通过第一参考信号和第二参考信号获得。可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和第二参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得SINR。或者，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第二参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得SINR。
方式2：SINR通过第一参考信号、第二参考信号、第三参考信号测量获得；可选地，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第二参考信号、第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得SINR。或者，在第一参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得SINR。前述方案也可以描述为将在第一参考信号上测得的信号质量作为信号，将在第二参考信号和第三参考信号上测得的信号质量作为干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得SINR。其中，第三参考信号是不同于第一参考信号和第二参考信号的一个参考信号，终端设备不需要上报该参考信号的资源索引，如零功率的CSI-RS或SSB。可选地，信号质量可替换为信号功率，信号强度，信号能量等。
除上述方法外，还可以采用示例一中的方法获取第一参考信号的信道质量。
示例三：该CSI包括第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量。
其中第一参考信号的信道质量信息的获取方法同示例二。第二参考信号的信道质量可以通过以下方式获得：
方式1：第二参考信号的信道质量通过第一参考信号和第二参考信号获得。可选地， 在第二参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和/或第二参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。
方式2：第二信道质量通过第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号获得；可选地，在第二参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。或者在第二参考信号上测得信号，在第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号上测得干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。前述方案也可以描述为将在第二参考信号上测得的信号质量作为信号，将在第一参考信号和第三参考信号上测得的信号质量作为干扰，根据该信号和该干扰获得第二参考信号的信道质量。其中，第三参考信号是不同于第一参考信号和第二参考信号的一个参考信号，终端设备不需要上报该参考信号的资源索引，如零功率的CSI-RS或SSB。可选地，信号质量可替换为信号功率，信号强度，信号能量等。
除上述方法外，还可以采用示例一或示例二的方法获取第二参考信号的信道质量。
示例四：该CSI包括第一参考信号的信道质量。
该第一参考信号的信道质量的获取方法可以同上述示例一、示例二和示例三中的方法，此处不再赘述。
示例五：该CSI包括第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量。
该第一参考信号的信道质量的获取方法可以同上述示例一、示例二和示例三中的方法，此处不再赘述。
应理解，上述方法仅为获取信道质量的一些可能的方法，还可以有其他方法，本实施例并不对此做限定。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，终端设备可以根据网络设备配置的多个参考信号资源集合接收多个参考信号，从多个参考信号中选择一个或多个第一参考信号，并上报该一个或多个第一参考信号的的信道状态信息。可选地，终端设备上报的第一参考信号的信道状态信息的个数可以是网络设备配置，还可以是协议预定义的，还可以是终端设备上报的。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，可选地，若上报第二参考信号的资源索引，第二参考信号的资源索引可以包括一个或多个第二参考信号的资源索引。上报的每个第一参考信号对应的第二参考信号的资源个数可以是网络设备配置，还可以是协议预定义的，还可以是终端设备上报的。
示例性地，发送的信道状态信息中可以包括一个第一参考信号的资源索引、一个第二参考信号的资源索引以及一个第一参考信号的信道质量信息；或者，发送的信道状态信息中可以包括一个第一参考信号的资源索引、两个第二参考信号的资源索引以及一个第一参考信号的信道质量信息。其中，可选地，第一参考信号的资源索引可以是作为信号(或非干扰)的参考信号的资源索引，第二参考信号的资源索引可以是作为干扰的参考信号的资源索引。本申请不对第二参考信号的资源索引的数量作任何限定。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，零功率的CSI-RS可以替换为CSI-IM。或者说，零功率的CSI-RS还可以称为CSI-IM，或者还可以称为非NZP CSI-RS。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，终端设备可以根据网络设备配置的多个参考信号资源集合接收多个参考信号，从多个参考信号中选择一个或多个第一参考信号，并上报该一个或多个第一参考信号的信道状态信息。可选地，终端设备上报的第一参考信号的个数和与 第一参考信号对应的信道状态信息的个数可以是网络设备配置，还可以是协议预定义的，还可以是终端设备上报的。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，可选地，若上报第二参考信号的资源索引，第二参考信号的资源索引可以包括一个或多个第二参考信号的资源索引。上报的每个第一参考信号对应的第二参考信号的资源个数可以是网络设备配置，还可以是协议预定义的，还可以是终端设备上报的。
示例性地，发送的信道状态信息中可以包括一个第一参考信号的资源索引、一个第二参考信号的资源索引以及一个第一参考信号的信道质量信息；或者，发送的信道状态信息中可以包括一个第一参考信号的资源索引、两个第二参考信号的资源索引以及一个第一参考信号的信道质量信息。其中，可选地，第一参考信号的资源索引可以是作为信号(或非干扰)的参考信号的资源索引，第二参考信号的资源索引可以是作为干扰的参考信号的资源索引。本申请不对第二参考信号的资源索引的数量作任何限定。
应理解，上述第一参考信号的信道质量信息可以为第一参考信号的SINR,或者可以为第一参考信号的SINR和第一参考信号的RSRP。终端上报的第一参考信号的信道质量是否包括第一参考信号的RSRP由第一参考信号的SINR确定。例如，当第一参考信号的SINR大于预设门限时，第一参考信号的信道质量信息仅包括第一参考信号的SINR；当第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于预设门限时，第一参考信号的信道质量信息包括第一参考信号的SINR和第一参考信号的RSRP。
可选地，第一参考信号的资源索引和第二参考信号的资源索引对应的参考信号是终端设备同时接收和或网络设备同时发送的参考信号。
可选地，终端设备上报的内容包括第三部分内容和第四部分内容。
作为一种可选地实施方式，可选地，第三部分内容为参考信号资源索引和SINR，第四部分内容为RSRP。
作为一种可选地实施方式，可选地，第三部分内容为参考信号资源索引和SINR，第四部分内容为空。也即，终端设备上报的内容仅包括第三部分内容。
其中，第三部分内容和第四部分内容单独编码。
应理解，可选地，独立编码与单独编码具有相同的概念，主要指两个部分的内容可以分别进入编码器,并各自获得编码后比特，这两部分内容的编码可以采用不同的码率，可以分别解码。
可选地，是否上报第四部分的内容，取决于第三部分内容中的SINR。例如，当SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，则终端设备上报的内容为第三部分内容和第四部分内容(即终端设备上报的内容为参考信号资源索引、SINR和RSRP)；当SINR大于信道门限时，则终端设备上报的内容只有第三部分内容(即终端设备上报的内容为参考信号资源索引、SINR)。
若终端设备确定上报的第一参考信号的CSI的内容为SINR和RSRP，则终端设备可以发送第一参考信号的CSI内容。网络设备接收到终端设备上报的内容后，根据第三部分内容获取第四部分内容。可选地，第三部分内容和第四部分内容独立编码时，可解码第三部分内容，随后根据第三部分内容解码第四部分内容。
上述技术方案中，网络设备在SINR较小时，还需要获取RSRP信息，得知当前信道 是干扰弱还是信号弱，网络设备可以根据SINR与信道质量门限的关系确定是否获取RSRP，从而使得确定上报内容的方式更加灵活且减小了上报开销。
上文详细描述了终端设备上报一个参考信号的CSI时的上报方法，本领域技术人员可以清楚地了解，当终端设备上报多个参考信号的CSI时，每个参考信号的CSI的上报方式均可按照上述方式进行。
需要说明的是，当终端设备上报多个参考信号的CSI时，并且，当该多个参考信号的CSI的内容相同时，可以按照差分方式上报多个参考信号的CSI。
当多个第一参考信号的CSI的内容类型相同时，终端设备可以直接进行差分上报。
例如，终端设备需要上报两个第一参考信号的CSI，并且，该两个第一参考信号的CSI均为SINR，其中，该两个第一参考信号为第一参考信号1和第一参考信号2，则终端设备可以上报第一参考信号1的SINR值和SINR差值，该SINR差值即第一参考信号2的SINR值与第一参考信号1的SINR值的差值。
当多个第一参考信号的CSI的内容类型不同时，终端设备可以分组进行差分上报，每组第一参考信号的CSI的内容类型相同。
例如，终端设备需要上报四个第一参考信号的CSI，该四个第一参考信号为第一参考信号1、第一参考信号2、第一参考信号3和第一参考信号4，其中，前两个第一参考信号的CSI为SINR和RSRP，后两个第一参考信号的CSI为SINR，则终端设备可以上报第一参考信号1的SINR值和RSRP值以及SINR差值和RSRP差值，以及，第一参考信号3的SINR值和SINR差值，该RSRP差值即第一参考信号2的RSRP值与第一参考信号1的RSRP值的差值，前边所述的SINR差值即第一参考信号2的SINR值与第一参考信号1的SINR值的差值，后边所述的该SINR差值即第一参考信号4的SINR值与第一参考信号3的SINR值的差值。
再例如，终端设备需要上报四个第一参考信号的CSI，该四个第一参考信号为第一参考信号1、第一参考信号2、第一参考信号3和第一参考信号4，其中，前两个第一参考信号的CSI为SINR，后两个第一参考信号的CSI为SINR和RSRP，则终端设备可以上报第一参考信号1的SINR值、第一参考信号2与第一参考信号1的SINR值的差值、第一参考信号3与第一参考信号1的SINR值的差值、第一参考信号4与第一参考信号1的SINR值的差值。终端设备还可以上报第一参考信号3的RSRP值、第一参考信号4与第一参考信号3的RSRP值的差值,或者终端设备上报第一参考信号3的RSRP值和第一参考信号4的RSRP值。
终端设备还可以上报第一参考信号的CSI和第二参考信号的CSI。
例如，终端设备需要上报一个第一参考信号的CSI和一个第二参考信号的CSI，并且，该第一参考信号的CSI和该第二参考信号的CSI均为SINR，则网络设备可以上报第一参考信号的SINR值以及第二参考信号的SINR值与第一参考信号的SINR值的差值。
两个SINR值的差值的取值范围通常小于SINR值的取值范围，可以使用较少的比特数来表示第二参考信号的SINR值。因此，通过差分上报的方式上报多个参考信号的CSI能够减小上报的数据量。
可选地，第一参考信号和第二参考信号是终端设备可以同时接收的参考信号。
应理解，本申请实施例中，同时是指，在同一个时刻接收，或者重叠的时刻接收，或 者在同一个时间单元接收，或者在至少一个重叠的时间单元接收，M个参考信号至少在一个时间单元重叠。所述时间单元可以是长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统或者5G新无线(new radio，NR)系统中定义的一个或多个无线帧，一个或多个子帧，一个或多个时隙，一个或多个微时隙(mini slot)，一个或多个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号，也可以是多个帧或子帧构成的时间窗口，例如系统信息(system information，SI)窗口。下述实施例以同时接收的参考信号为在一个或多个OFDM符号上接收到的参考信号为例进行说明，本申请对此不进行限定。
下面，再举出几个终端设备上报多个参考信号的CSI的例子。在下面的例子中，终端设备均上报N个参考信号的CSI，但终端设备接收到的参考信号的数量可以大于N，N的具体数值可以由网络设备配置或指示，也可以由通信协议预定义。N为大于1的正整数。
上报方式一，终端设备上报第一参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量。第一参考信号为非干扰信号。
可选地，终端设备还可以上报第二参考信号的资源索引，第二参考信号可以为干扰信号用于测量第一参考信号的信道质量(SINR)。
应理解，一个第一参考信号可以对应一个第二参考信号的资源索引，或者一个第一参考信号可以对应多个第二参考信号的资源索引。其中对上报内容的比特位的编码映射方法可以有以下几种：
1.信道状态信息的映射顺序如下：
方法一：按照参考信号的内容顺序映射：所有第一参考信号的资源索引->所有第二参考信号的资源索引(可选地)->第一参考信号的信道质量->第二参考信号的信道质量(可选地)。其中所有的参考信号资源索引是指上报的N个参考信号的CSI中的所有参考信号索引。
方法二：按照参考信号组顺序映射：第一组第一参考信号的资源索引->第一组第二参考信号的资源索引(可选地)->…->第N组第一参考信号的资源索引->第N组第二参考信号的资源索引(可选地)->第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第一组第二参考信号的信道质量(可选地)->…->第N组第一参考信号的信道质量->第N组第二参考信号的信道质量(可选地)。其中一个参考信号组指一个第一参考信号的道状态信息(第一参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量)，可能还包括计算该第一参考信号的信道质量的第二参考信号的信道状态信息(第二参考信号的资源索引和或第二参考信号的信道质量)。该计算方法在前文已描述，此处不再赘述。
2.信道状态信息中的参考信号的信道质量的上报可以采用如下两种方式上报：
方法一：采用非差分方式上报
方法二：采用差分方式上报，
当采用差分方式上报时，具体地还可分为以下几种方式：
一个参考信号组内的信道质量之间差分。
其中，一个参考信号组可以指一个第一参考信号的信道状态信息(第一参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量)，可能还包括计算该第一参考信号的信道质量的第二参考信号的信道状态信息(第二参考信号的资源索引和或第二参考信号的信道质量)。该一个参考信号组内如包括第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，该第一参 考信号的信道质量与第二参考信号的信道质量之间差分上报。如，第二参考信号的信道质量以第一参考信号的信道质量为参考采用差分值上报。即终端设备上报第一参考信号的信道质量以及第一参考信号的信道质量与第二参考信号的信道质量的差分值。可选地，作为参考值的信道质量可以是第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量中的最大值，或最小值，或平均值等。
相同类型的参考信号的信道质量之间差分。
如上报N个参考信号的信道状态信息。N个第一参考信号的信道质量之间差分上报。若还包括第二参考信号的信道状态信息，则N个第二参考信号的信道质量之间差分上报。如，第2至第N个第一参考信号的信道质量以第1个第一参考信号的信道质量为参考采用差分值上报。即终端设备上报第一个第一参考信号的信道质量以及第2至N个第一参考信号的信道质量与第二参考信号的信道质量的差分值。可选地，第一个第一参考信号的信道质量是第1至第N个第一参考信号的信道质量中的最大值，或最小值，或平均值等。第二参考信号的上报采用如第一参考信号的信道质量信息相同的上报方法，此处不再赘述。
相同内容类型的信道质量之间差分。
N参考信号的信道状态信息中的N个第一参考信号的信道质量中，内容为SINR的参考信号信道质量信息之间差分上报。对于内容为SINR的信道质量需要上报一个参考信道质量信息和多个差分的信道质量信息。对于内容为SINR和RSRP的信道质量需要上报2个参考信道质量(分别对应SINR和RSRP)和各自的一个或多个差分的信道质量。若还需上报N个第二参考信号的信道质量，也可以采用相同的方法，或者相同信道质量内容的第一参考信号和第二参考信号之间差分，上报一个参考信道质量和多个差分信道质量。方法c也可以结合a方法或b方法。
方面1，仅考虑资源索引和信道质量的比特位编码时的映射方式。
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。
方式2为：第一参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1->…->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第一参考信号的信道质量N。即，顺序映射每个信道状态。如先映射第一个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引和信道质量，再映射第二个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引和信道质量，再按顺序依次映射其他信道状态。
方式1如表37所示，方式2如表38所示。表37和表38中，第一参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第一参考信号的信道质量可以是SINR和RSRP，或第一参考信号的信道质量可以是SINR。
表37
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000049
表38
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000050
方面2，仅考虑差分上报的编码方式。
差分上报仅适用于相同内容类型的CSI，当多个第一参考信号的CSI的内容类型不同时，可以分组差分上报，为了简洁，下面仅举出一个例子。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->第一参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第一参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第一参考信号N的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射第一参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第一参考信号2的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，最后映射第一参考信号N的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值。如表39所示。
表39
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000051
方面3，仅考虑信道质量的上报方式。
此处仅举出终端设备根据每个第一参考信号的信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的内容的一个例子，本领域技术人员能够在不付出创造性劳动的情况下得到其它 情况下基于信道质量的上报方式。其它情况例如是终端设备基于多个第一参考信号的等效信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的内容。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，不同的第一参考信号的信道质量的内容可以不同。如表40。
表40
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000052
上述3个方面可以任意结合，例如，方面2与方面3结合可以得到表12所示的编码方式。其中，i为大于1且小于N的正整数。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第二组第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射信道质量内容类型相同的一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量内容相同的另一组第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，同组第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。如表41。
表41
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000054
上报方式二，终端设备上报第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引和第一参考信号的信道质量。其中，第一参考信号为非干扰信号，第二参考信号为干扰信号。
方面4，仅考虑资源索引和信道质量的比特位编码时的映射方式。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，最后映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量。如表42。
方式2为：第一参考信号的资源索引1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1->…->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第二参考信号的资源索引N->第一参考信号的信道质量N。即，顺序映射每个信道状态。如先映射第一个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引和第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射第二个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引和第一参考信号的信道质量，再按顺序依次映射其他信道状态。如表43。
第一参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第二参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第一参考信号的信道质量可以是RSRP或SINR。
表42
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000055
表43
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000057
方面5，仅考虑差分上报的编码映射方式。
差分上报仅适用于相同类型的CSI，当多个第一参考信号的CSI的内容不同时，可以分组差分上报，为了简洁，下面仅举出一个例子。其差分的方式可以有以下几种：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->第一参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第一参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第一参考信号N的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射第一参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第一参考信号2的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，最后映射第一参考信号N的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值。
表44
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000058
方面6，仅考虑信道质量的编码映射方式。
此处仅举出终端设备根据每个第一参考信号的信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的内容的一个例子，本领域技术人员能够在不付出创造性劳动的情况下得到其它情况下基于信道质量的上报方式。其它情况例如是终端设备基于多个第一参考信号的等效 信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的内容。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，不同的第一参考信号的信道质量的内容可以不同。如表45所示。
表45
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000059
上述3个方面可以任意结合，例如，方面5与方面6结合可以得到表46所示的编码方式。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第二组第一参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射信道质量内容相同的一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量内容相同的另一组第一参考信号的信道质量，其中，同组第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。如表46所示。
表46
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000061
上报方式三，终端设备上报第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号的资源索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量。其中，第一参考信号的资源为CMR，第二参考信号的资源为CMR，也就是说，该上报方式中的第一参考信号和第二参考信号互为干扰信号。
方面7，仅考虑资源索引和信道质量的比特位编码时的映射方式。例如可以有如下比特位编码时的映射方式，或者可以按照如下顺序上报该信息：
方式1为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量->全部第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，最后映射全部第二参考信号的信道质量。如表47所示。
方式2为：第一参考信号的资源索引1->第二参考信号的资源索引1->第一参考信号的信道质量1->第二参考信号的信道质量1->…->第一参考信号的资源索引N->第二参考信号的资源索引N->第一参考信号的信道质量N->第二参考信号的信道质量N。即，顺序映射每个信道状态。如先映射第一个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，再映射第二个信道状态对应的第一参考信号的资源索引、第二参考信号索引、第一参考信号的信道质量和第二参考信号的信道质量，再按顺序依次映射其他信道状态。如表48所示。
第一参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第二参考信号的资源索引可以是CRI或SSBRI，第一参考信号的信道质量可以是SINR和RSRP，或第一参考信号的信道质量可以是SINR，第二参考信号的信道质量可以是RSRP或SINR。
表47
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000062
表48
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000063
方面8，仅考虑差分上报的编码映射方式。
差分上报仅适用于相同内容的CSI，当多个第一参考信号的CSI的内容不同时，可以分组差分上报，为了简洁，下面仅举出一个例子。
表49所示的编码方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->第一参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第一参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第一参考信号N的信道质量->第二参考信号1的信道质量->差分的第二参考信号2的信道质量->…->差分的第二参考信号N的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射第一参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第一参考信号2的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，再映射第一参考信号N的信道质量与第一参考信号1的信道质量的差值，再映射第二参考信号1的信道质量，再映射第二参考信号2的信道质量与第二参考信号1的信道质量的差值，再映射第二参考信号N的信道质量与第二参考信号1的信道质量的差值。
表49
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000064
方面9，仅考虑信道质量的编码方式。
此处仅举出终端设备根据每个第一参考信号的信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的内容的一个例子，本领域技术人员能够在不付出创造性劳动的情况下得到其它情况下基于信道质量的上报方式。其它情况例如是终端设备基于多个第一参考信号的等效信道质量与信道质量门限的大小关系确定CSI的内容。
表50的编码方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引->全部第一参考信号的信道质量->全部第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考 信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射全部第二参考信号的信道质量，其中，不同的第一参考信号的信道质量的内容类型可以不同，不同的第二参考信号的信道质量的内容类型可以不同或相同。
表50
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000065
上述3个方面可以任意结合，例如，方面8与方面9结合可以得到表51所示的编码方式。
表51的编码方式为：全部第一参考信号的资源索引->全部第二参考信号的资源索引-> 第一组第一参考信号的信道质量->第二组第一参考信号的信道质量->第一组第二参考信号的信道质量->第二组第二参考信号的信道质量。即，先映射全部第一参考信号的资源索引，再映射全部第二参考信号的资源索引，再映射信道质量类型相同的一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量内容类型相同的另一组第一参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量内容类型相同的一组第二参考信号的信道质量，再映射信道质量内容类型相同的另一组第二参考信号的信道质量，其中，同组第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报，同组第二参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。
表51
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2020071351-appb-000067
作为一个可选的实施方式，网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息中的包含“基于组的波束报告(group based beam reporting)”字段，上面的表格均为“基于组的波束报告(group based beam reporting)”字段的状态为去使能(disabled)状态时的上报方式，即，N个第一参考信号作为一组参考信号，终端设备上报CSI时只考虑每个第一参考信号的信道质量。可选地，当“基于组的波束报告”字段的状态为使能(enabled)状态时，终端设备在上报CSI时需要考虑一组参考信号的信道质量，例如，只要该组参考信号有一个参考信号的信道质量小于信道质量门限，或者，只要该组参考信号的等效参考信号质量小于信道质量门限，终端设备上报的该组参考信号的CSI的内容全部为SINR和RSRP，或者终端设备上报的该组参考信号的CSI的内容中的一个参考信号的CSI内容为SINR和RSRP，其他参考信号的CSI内容为RSRP。例如：一组参考信号包括参考信号#1和参考信号#2，那么终端设备上报参考信号#1的SINR和RSRP,参考信号#2的RSRP。应理解终端设备上报哪个参考信号的SINR，可以是终端设备根据其测量结果确定，或者协议预定义，或者网络设备配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当“基于组的波束报告”字段的状态为使能(enabled)状态时，终端设备在上报CSI时需要考虑一组参考信号的信道质量，终端设备可以以该组参考信号中RSRP最大的一个参考信号#x作为信号,该组参考信号中的其他参考信号作为干扰，获得SINR,并上报。可选地，当该SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，终端设备上报参考信号#x的SINR和RSRP，当该SINR大于信道质量门限时，终端设备上报参考信号#x的SINR。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，当“基于组的波束报告”字段的状态为使能(enabled)状态时，终端设备在上报CSI时需要考虑一组参考信号的信道质量，终端设备可以以该组参考信号中的一个参考信号#x作为信号,该组参考信号中的其他参考信号作为干扰，获得SINR。若该组参考信号中包括N个参考信号，那么终端设备获得4个SINR并上报，可选地，终端设备上报该组SINR时，按照SINR值从大到小的顺序上报(或从小到大的顺序上报)。可选地，当某个参考信号的SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，终端设备上报该参考信号的SINR和RSRP，当某个参考信号的SINR大于信道质量门限时，终端设备上报该参考信号的SINR。
上文主要从终端设备的角度描述了本申请提供的通信方法，网络设备的处理过程与终端设备的处理过程具有对应关系，例如，终端设备从网络设备接收信息，意味着网络设备发送了该信息；终端设备向网络设备发送信息，意味着网络设备从终端设备接收该信息。因此，即使上文个别地方未明确写明网络设备的处理过程，本领域技术人员也可以基于终端设备的处理过程清楚地了解网络设备的处理过程。
上文详细介绍了本申请提供的通信方法的示例。可以理解的是，通信装置为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个 特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请可以根据上述方法示例对通信装置进行功能单元的划分，例如，可以将各个功能划分为各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
图3示出了本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。通信装置300可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法。该通信装置300可以是芯片、网络设备或终端设备。
通信装置300包括一个或多个处理器301，该一个或多个处理器301可支持通信装置300实现图2所对应方法实施例中的方法。处理器301可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如，处理器301可以是中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)或基带处理器。基带处理器可以用于处理通信数据(例如，上文所述的指示信息和信道状态信息)，CPU可以用于对通信装置(例如，网络设备、终端设备或芯片)进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。通信装置300还可以包括收发单元305，用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。
例如，通信装置300可以是芯片，收发单元305可以是该芯片的输入和/或输出电路，或者，收发单元305可以是该芯片的通信接口，该芯片可以作为终端设备或网络设备或其它无线通信设备的组成部分。
通信装置300中可以包括一个或多个存储器302，其上存有程序304，程序304可被处理器301运行，生成指令303，使得处理器301根据指令303执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选地，存储器302中还可以存储有数据。可选地，处理器301还可以读取存储器302中存储的数据(例如，信道状态信息)，该数据可以与程序304存储在相同的存储地址，该数据也可以与程序304存储在不同的存储地址。
处理器301和存储器302可以单独设置，也可以集成在一起，例如，集成在单板或者系统级芯片(system on chip，SOC)上。
通信装置300还可以包括收发单元305以及天线306。收发单元305可以称为收发机、收发电路或者收发器，用于通过天线306实现通信装置的收发功能。
在一种可能的设计中，处理器301用于通过收发单元305以及天线306向终端设备发送指示信息和信道状态信息。在另一种可能的设计中，处理器301用于通过收发单元305以及天线306从网络设备接收指示信息和信道状态信息。
接收或发送“指示信息和信道状态信息”的具体方式可以参见上述方法实施例中的相关描述。
应理解，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器301中的硬件形式的逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器301可以是CPU、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件，例如，分立门、晶体管逻辑器件或分立硬件组件。
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被处理器301执行时实现本 申请中任一方法实施例所述的通信方法。
该计算机程序产品可以存储在存储器302中，例如是程序304，程序304经过预处理、编译、汇编和链接等处理过程最终被转换为能够被处理器301执行的可执行目标文件。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现本申请中任一方法实施例所述的通信方法。该计算机程序可以是高级语言程序，也可以是可执行目标程序。
该计算机可读存储介质例如是存储器302。存储器302可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器302可以同时包括易失性存储器和非易失性存储器。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
在通信装置300为终端设备的情况下，图4示出了本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。该终端设备400可适用于图1所示的系统中，实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。为了便于说明，图4仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。
如图4所示，终端设备400包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及用于对整个终端设备进行控制。例如，处理器通过天线和控制电路发送指示信息和信道状态信息。存储器主要用于存储程序和数据，例如存储通信协议和待发送数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置例如是触摸屏或键盘，主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储器中的程序，解释并执行该程序所包含的指令，处理程序中的数据。当需要通过天线发送信息时，处理器对待发送的信息进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后得到射频信号，并将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当承载信息的电磁波(即，射频信号)到达终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为信息并对该信息进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图4仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请对此不做限定。
作为一种可选的实现方式，图4中的处理器可以集成基带处理器和CPU的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和CPU也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技 术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备可以包括多个CPU以增强其处理能力，终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。基带处理器也可以被称为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。CPU也可以被称为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以程序的形式存储在存储器中，由处理器执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能。
在本申请中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备400的收发单元401，用于支持终端设备实现方法实施例中的接收功能，或者，用于支持终端设备实现方法实施例中的发送功能。将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备400的处理单元402。如图4所示，终端设备400包括收发单元401和处理单元402。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选地，可以将收发单元401中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元401中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元401包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
处理器402可用于执行存储器存储的程序，以控制收发单元401接收信号和/或发送信号，完成上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。作为一种实现方式，收发单元401的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发专用芯片实现。
在通信装置300为网络设备的情况下，图5是本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图，该网络设备例如可以为基站。如图5所示，该基站可应用于如图1所示的系统中，实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。基站500可包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)501和至少一个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)502。其中，BBU502可以包括分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，也可以包括DU和集中单元(central unit，CU)。
RRU501可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路或者收发器，其可以包括至少一个天线5011和射频单元5012。RRU501主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于支持基站实现方法实施例中的发送功能和接收功能。BBU502主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。RRU501与BBU502可以是物理上设置在一起的，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
BBU502也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如，BBU502可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。
BBU502可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(例如，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)网)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网和NR网)。BBU502还包括存储器5021和处理器5022，存储器5021用于存储必要的指令和数据。例如，存储器5021存储上述方法实施例中的指示信息。处理器5022用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如，用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中的操作流程。存储器5021和处理器5022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为了描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的方法实施例的一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统。另外，各单元之间的耦合或各个组件之间的耦合可以是直接耦合，也可以是间接耦合，上述耦合包括电的、机械的或其它形式的连接。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请的实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
另外，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中的术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
总之，以上所述仅为本申请技术方案的较佳实施例而已，并非用于限定本申请的保护范围。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内，所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (33)

  1. 一种发送信道状态信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    发送信道状态信息；
    所述信道状态信息包括N个第一参考信号的资源索引和N个所述第一参考信号的信道质量，N为大于或等于2的正整数，所述N个所述第一参考信号的信道质量包括i-1个第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量和N-i+1个第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量，i为大于或等于2等正整数，且i小于或等于N，所述N个第一参考信号的资源索引中的第j个第一参考信号的资源索引对应于所述N个第一参考信号的信道质量中的第j个第一参考信号的信道质量，j为大于或等于1的正整数，且j小于或等于N；
    其中，所述第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR，所述第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量为参考信号接收功率RSRP。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述信道状态信息按照如下顺序编码：
    所述N个第一参考信号的资源索引、所述i-1个第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量、所述N-i+1个第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报，所述第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。
  4. 一种发送信道状态信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型；
    发送指示信息和与所述类型对应的信道状态信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述类型。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型，包括：
    当所述第一参考信号的信道质量小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为参考信号接收功率RSRP。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型，包括：
    当所述第一参考信号的信道质量大于信道质量门限时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述类型为所述RSRP时，所述指示信息为第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息为一个参考信号资源索引，或者，所述第一指示信息为多个相同的参考信号资源索引。
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述类型为所述SINR时，所述指示信息为第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息为多个参考信号资源索引，或者，所述第二指示信息为多个不同的参考信号资源索引。
  9. 根据权利要求4至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第二参考信号的信道状态信息，所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为所述第二参考信号的信道质量与所述第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，所述第一参考信号的信道 状态信息的类型与所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的类型相同。
  10. 根据权利要求4至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息与所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息独立编码。
  11. 一种发送信道状态信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容；
    发送所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容，包括：
    当所述第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR和参考信号接收功率RSRP。
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一参考信号的信道质量确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容，包括：
    当所述第一参考信号的SINR大于信道质量门限时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR。
  15. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信号的SINR和所述第一参考信号的RSRP独立编码。
  16. 一种处理信道状态信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收信道状态信息；
    所述信道状态信息包括N个第一参考信号的资源索引和N个所述第一参考信号的信道质量，N为大于或等于2的正整数，所述N个所述第一参考信号的信道质量包括i-1个第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量和N-i+1个第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量，i为大于或等于2等正整数，且i小于或等于N，所述N个第一参考信号的资源索引中的第j个第一参考信号的资源索引对应于所述N个第一参考信号的信道质量中的第j个第一参考信号的信道质量，j为大于或等于1的正整数，且j小于或等于N；
    其中，所述第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR，所述第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量为参考信号接收功率RSRP。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述信道状态信息按照如下顺序编码：
    所述N个第一参考信号的资源索引、所述i-1个第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量、所述N-i+1个第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量。
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一类型的第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报，所述第二类型的第一参考信号的信道质量采用差分方式上报。
  19. 一种处理信道信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收指示信息和第一参考信号的信道状态信息，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述信道状态信息的类型；
    根据所述指示信息确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述指示信息确定所述第一参考信号的状态信息的类型，包括：
    当所述指示信息为第一指示信息时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为参考信号接收功率RSRP；或者，
    当所述指示信息为第二指示信息时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为一个参考信号资源索引，所述第二指示信息为多个参考信号资源索引。
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为多个相同的参考信号资源索引，所述第二指示信息为多个不同的参考信号资源索引。
  23. 根据权利要求19至22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第二参考信号的信道状态信息，所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的值为所述第二参考信号的信道质量与所述第一参考信号的信道质量的差值，所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的类型与所述第二参考信号的信道状态信息的类型相同。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息与所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息独立编码。
  25. 一种处理信道状态信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容，其中，所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容由所述第一参考信号的信道质量确定。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信号的信道质量为信号干扰噪声比SINR。
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第一参考信号的SINR小于或等于信道质量门限时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR和RSRP。
  28. 根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第一参考信号的SINR大于或等于信道质量门限时，确定所述第一参考信号的信道状态信息的内容为SINR。
  29. 根据权利要求25至28中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信号的SINR和所述第一参考信号的RSRP独立编码。
  30. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，用于执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法。
  31. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，用于执行如权利要求16至29中任一项所述的方法。
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被处理器执行时，使得处理器执行权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法。
  33. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被处理器执行时，使得处理器执行权利要求16至29中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/071351 2019-01-11 2020-01-10 发送信道状态信息的方法和装置 WO2020143748A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910028458 2019-01-11
CN201910028458.0 2019-01-11
CN201910523571.6A CN111435864B (zh) 2019-01-11 2019-06-17 发送信道状态信息的方法和装置
CN201910523571.6 2019-06-17

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020143748A1 true WO2020143748A1 (zh) 2020-07-16
WO2020143748A9 WO2020143748A9 (zh) 2020-09-17

Family

ID=71521980

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/071351 WO2020143748A1 (zh) 2019-01-11 2020-01-10 发送信道状态信息的方法和装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020143748A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103326761A (zh) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信道状态信息处理方法及装置
CN104380787A (zh) * 2012-06-26 2015-02-25 株式会社Ntt都科摩 用户终端、无线通信系统、无线通信方法及无线基站
CN107231656A (zh) * 2016-03-24 2017-10-03 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 信道状态信息的上报方法、装置和用户设备
CN107733506A (zh) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Csi的处理、测量导频资源的传输方法及装置

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103326761A (zh) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信道状态信息处理方法及装置
CN104380787A (zh) * 2012-06-26 2015-02-25 株式会社Ntt都科摩 用户终端、无线通信系统、无线通信方法及无线基站
CN107231656A (zh) * 2016-03-24 2017-10-03 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 信道状态信息的上报方法、装置和用户设备
CN107733506A (zh) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Csi的处理、测量导频资源的传输方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "CR to 38.331 for Applicability of s-Measure", R2-1817890, 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 #104, 16 November 2018 (2018-11-16), XP051557403, DOI: 20200319140947X *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020143748A9 (zh) 2020-09-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11750250B2 (en) Communications method and device
CN110035450B (zh) 测量上报的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2020200059A1 (zh) 一种上报终端设备能力的方法和通信装置
CN108809386B (zh) 传输预编码矩阵的指示方法和设备
WO2020143647A1 (zh) 传输信道状态信息的方法和装置
CN108282321A (zh) 一种信息指示的方法、网络设备和终端设备
EP4017175A1 (en) Frequency domain resource allocation method and apparatus
WO2022254086A1 (en) Apparatus for csi prediction control
CN116095741A (zh) 一种信道测量方法及装置
CN111435864B (zh) 发送信道状态信息的方法和装置
WO2020147578A1 (zh) 发送信道信息的方法和装置与接收信道信息的方法和装置
CN114390579A (zh) 信道状态信息的处理方法及装置、终端
WO2021017874A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2020155604A1 (zh) 测量上报的方法与装置
CN111586741A (zh) 一种信息上报方法及终端
US20220302969A1 (en) Channel information determining method and apparatus
CN109600193B (zh) 一种信道测量方法
WO2020233500A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2024021652A1 (zh) 一种无线通信方法及设备、存储介质
CN112054831B (zh) 信道状态信息的反馈方法及装置
CN116326044A (zh) 信道状态信息报告
CN112671442B (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2020143748A1 (zh) 发送信道状态信息的方法和装置
CN111435846A (zh) 一种信道状态信息上报方法、终端和网络侧设备
WO2019001221A1 (zh) 一种秩指示上报方法和装置、指示方法和装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20737922

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20737922

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1